Design
Structural System Overview
Dr. E. Sandt
Summer 2003 Semester
Presentation Overview
1.
2.
3.
4.
Wind or
earthquakes
2. Types of Load
Gravity:
Dead
Live
Impact
Snow
Rain/floods
Lateral
Wind
Earthquake
Soil lateral pressure
Thermal
Centrifugal
3. RC Structural Systems
A. Floor Systems
B. Lateral Load Systems
A. Floor Systems
Flat plate
Flat slab (w/ drop panels and/or
capitals)
One-way joist system
Two-way waffle system
Elevation
Plan
CVEN 444 Structural Concrete
Design
Elevation
Plan
CVEN 444 Structural Concrete
Design
10
11
12
13
Elevation
Plan
CVEN 444 Structural Concrete
Design
14
15
2D gravity or
lateral frames
2D lateral frames
Floor joists, type
16
17
Top of Slab
8-24 for 30 Modules
16-24 for 53 Modules
1:12 Slope, type
Width varies
4, 6 or larger
2 or 3 cc. Joists
4 or 6 cc. Skip joists
5 or 6 cc Wide-module joists
CVEN 444 Structural Concrete
Design
18
19
2D lateral frames
Waffle pans, type
20
21
(PCA 2000)
100
Flat Plate
Flat Slab
One-way joist
50
25
30
35
Bay Spacing, ft
CVEN 444 Structural Concrete
Design
50
22
23
Frame:
Planar (2D)
Space (3D)
CVEN 444 Structural Concrete
Design
24
Basic Behavior
Gravity Load
Lateral Loading
CVEN 444 Structural Concrete
Design
25
4 frames , 4 frames
Space
CVEN 444 Structural Concrete
Design
26
Frame Advantages
Optimum use of floor space, ie. optimal for office
buildings, retail, parking structures where open space
is required.
Relatively simple and experienced construction
process
Generally economical for low-to mid-rise construction
(less than about 20 stories)
In Houston, most frames are made of reinforced
concrete.
27
Frame Disadvantages
Generally, frames are flexible structures and lateral
deflections generally control the design process for
buildings with greater than about 4 stories. Note
that concrete frames are about 8 times stiffer than
steel frames of the same strength.
Span lengths are limited when using normal
reinforced concrete (generally less than about 40 ft,
but up to about 50 ft). Span lengths can be
increased by using pre-stressed concrete.
28
Effective
slab width
Elevation
Plan
CVEN 444 Structural Concrete
Design
29
Elevation
CVEN 444 Structural Concrete
Design
30
31
32
Interior gravity
frames
Edge column
Shear deformations
generally govern
Elevation
CVEN 444 Structural Concrete
Design
33
Shear walls
Hole
Coupling beams
34
35
4. Structural Members
Beams
Columns
Slabs/plates/shells/folded plates
Walls/diaphragms
36
Beam Elements
Defn: Members subject to bending and shear
L
M
V
M
1,1
E,I,A
2,2
Elastic Properties:
kb = f ( EI/Ln) (bending)
ks = GA/L (shear)
37
Column Elements
Defn: Members subject to bending, shear,
and axial
L
F
M
E,I,A
F
1,1
M
Elastic Properties:
ka = EA/L (axial)
kb = f ( EI/Ln) (bending)
ks = GA/L (shear)
2,2
38
Slab/Plate Elements
Defn: Members subject to bi-directional bending &
shear
x, y, and z
CVEN 444 Structural Concrete
Design
39
Wall/Diaphragm Elements
Defn: Members subject to shear
y
Vx and Vx
x
x and y
CVEN 444 Structural Concrete
Design
40
Lecture 2 - Fundamentals
June 4, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Design Process
Limit states
Design Philosophy
Loading
Concrete Properties
Steel Properties
Design Process
Phase 1: Definition of clients needs and
priorities.
Functional requirements
Aesthetic requirements
Budgetary requirements
Design Process
Phase 2: Development of project
concept
Design Process
Phase 2: Development of project
concept
Design Process
Phase 3: Design of individual system
Design Process
Phase 3: Design of individual system(cont.)
Member design
Prepare construction days and
specifications.
Proportion members to resist forces
aesthetics
constructability
maintainability
Extreme earthquakes
Floods
damage/collapse
damage/collapse
Design Philosophy
Two philosophies of design have long prevalent.
Working stress method focuses on conditions
at service loads.
Strength of design method focusing on
conditions at loads greater than the service
loads when failure may be imminent.
The strength design method is deemed conceptually
more realistic to establish structural safety.
strength required to
strength provided
Safety Provisions
Structures and structural members must always be
designed to carry some reserve load above what is
expected under normal use.
Safety Provisions
There are three main reasons why some sort of
safety factor are necessary in structural design.
[1] Variability in resistance.
[2] Variability in loading.
[3] Consequences of failure.
Variability in Resistance
Variability of the strengths of concrete
and reinforcement.
Differences between the as-built
dimensions and those found in
structural drawings.
Effects of simplification made in the
derivation of the members resistance.
Variability in Resistance
Comparison of
measured and
computed failure
moments based on
all data for reinforced
concrete beams with
fc > 2000 psi.
Variability in Loading
Frequency distribution
of sustained component
of live loads in offices.
Consequences of Failure
A number of subjective factors must be
considered in determining an acceptable level of
safety.
Potential loss of life.
Cost of clearing the debris and replacement
of the structure and its contents.
Cost to society.
Type of failure warning of failure, existence of
alternative load paths.
Margin of Safety
The distributions
of the resistance
and the loading
are used to get a
probability of
failure of the
structure.
Margin of Safety
The term
Y=R-S
is called the safety
margin.
The probability of failure is defined as:
Pf = Pr obability of [Y < 0]
Loading
SPECIFICATIONS
Cities in the U.S. generally base their
building code on one of the three model
codes:
Loading
These codes have been consolidated in
the 2000 International Building Code.
Loadings in these codes are mainly
based on ASCE Minimum Design Loads
Dead Loading
Weight of all permanent construction
Constant magnitude and fixed location
Dead Loads
Examples:
Can Be Uncertain.
pavement thickness
earth fill over underground structure
Live Loads
Loads produced by use and occupancy of
the structure.
Maximum loads likely to be produced by
the intended use.
Not less than the minimum uniformly
distributed load given by Code.
Live Loads
See Table 2-1 from ASCE 7-98
Stairs and exitways: 100 psf
Storage warehouses: 125 psf (light)
250 psf (heavy)
Minimum concentrated loads are also given in
the codes.
Live Loads
Live Loads
ASCE 7-95 allows reduced live loads for members
with influence area (AI) of 400 sq. ft. or more:
L = L o 0 . 25 +
where Lo
15
AI
Live Loads
AI determined by raising member to be designed
by a unit amount. Portion of loaded area that is
raised = AI
Beam:
Column:
Two-Way Slab:
AI = 2 * tributary area
AI = 4 * tributary area
AI = panel area
Load Reduction
Environmental Loads
Snow Loads
Earthquake
Wind
Soil Pressure
Ponding of Rainwater
Temperature Differentials
Snow Loads
The coefficients
of snow loads are
defined in weight.
Snow Loads
Ground Snow Loads (Map in Fig. 6, ASCE 7):
Based on historical data (not always the
maximum values)
Basic equation in codes is for flat roof snow
loads
Additional equations for drifting effects, sloped
roofs, etc.
Use ACI live load factor
No LL reduction factor allowed
Wind Loads
Wind pressure is proportional to velocity
squared (v2 )
Wind velocity pressure = qz
qz = 0.00256 Kz kzt V I
2
Wind Loads
qz = 0.00256 Kz kzt V I
2
where
0.00256 reflects mass density of air and unit conversions.
V = Basic 3-second gust wind speed (mph) at a height of
33 ft. above the ground in open terrain. (1:50
chance of exceedance in 1 year)
Kz = Exposure coefficient (bldg. ht., roughness of terrain)
kzt = Coefficient accounting for wind speed up over hills
I = Importance factor
Wind Loads
Design wind pressure,
p = qz * G * Cp
G=
Cp =
Earthquake Loads
Inertia forces caused by earthquake motion
F=m*a
Distribution of forces can be found using
equivalent static force procedure (code, not
allowed for every building) or using dynamic
analysis procedures
Earthquake Loads
Inertia forces caused by earthquake motion.
Equivalent Static Force Procedure for example,
in ASCE 7-95:
V = Cs * W
where
V = Total lateral base shear
Cs = Seismic response coefficient
W = Total dead load
Earthquake Loads
Total Dead Load, W:
1.0 * Dead Load
+ 0.25 * Storage Loads
+ larger of partition loads or 10 psf
+ Weight of permanent equipment
+ contents of vessels
+ 20% or more of snow load
Earthquake Loads
1 .2 C v
2 .5 C a
C s = smaller of
and
2/3
R
R T
where
Cv = Seismic coefficient based on soil profiled and Av
Ca = Seismic coefficient based on soil profiled and Aa
R = Response modification factor (ability to deform in
inelastic range)
T = Fundamental period of the structure
Earthquake Loads
1 .2 C v
2 .5 C a
C s = smaller of
and
2/3
R
R T
where
T = Fundamental period of the structure
T = CT hn 3/4
where CT = 0.030 for MRF of concrete
0.020 for other concrete buildings.
hn = Building height
Earthquake Map
Roof Loads
Ponding of rainwater
Roof must be able to support all rainwater that could
accumulate in an area if primary drains were
blocked.
Ponding Failure:
Rain water ponds in area of maximum deflection
increases deflection
allows more accumulation of water cycle
continues potential failure
Roof Loads
Roof loads are in addition to snow loads
Minimum loads for workers and construction
materials during erection and repair
Construction Loads
Construction materials
Weight of formwork supporting weight
of fresh concrete
Water/Concrete table
Aggregate Strength
Strong aggregates: quartzite, felsite
Weak aggregates: sandstone, marble
Intermediate strength: limestone, granite
Lecture 3 - Fundamentals
June 6, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Concrete Properties
Steel Properties
1.
2.
3.
4.
1
2
3
4
Layer 1: Fill 1/3 full. 25 stokes
Layer 2: Fill 2/3 full. 25 stokes
Layer 3: Fill full. 25 stokes
Lift cone and measure slump (typically 2-6 in.)
Applications:
Improve workability
Accelerate or retard setting and
hardening
Aid in curing
Improve durability
Concrete Properties
1. Uniaxial Stress versus Strain Behavior in
Compression
fc
Ec
12
fc
0.45fc
No
Nu
N
c
Concrete Properties
The standard strength test generally uses a
cylindrical sample. It is tested after 28 days to test
for strength, fc. The concrete will continue to
harden with time and for a normal Portland cement
will increase with time as follows:
Concrete Properties
Compressive Strength, fc
Normally use 28-day strength for design
strength
fc
Ec
fc
Poissons Ratio,
~ 0.15 to 0.20 0.45fc
Usually use = 0.17
No
Nu
N
c
Concrete Properties
Modulus of Elasticity, Ec
Corresponds to secant modulus at 0.45 fc
ACI 318-02 (Sec. 8.5.1):
( psi ) = 33
1 .5
f ' c ( psi )
( psi ) = 57 , 000
f ' c ( psi )
Concrete Properties
Compute Ec for fc = 4500 psi for normal
weight (145 pcf) concrete using both ACI
equations:
( psi ) = 33
( psi ) = 57 , 000
1 .5
f ' c ( psi )
f ' c ( psi )
Concrete Properties
Ec
fc
0.45fc
No
Nu
Concrete Properties
Ec
fc
0.45fc
No
Nu
Concrete Properties
Typical Concrete Stress-Strain Curves in
Compression
Concrete Properties
Types of compression failure
There are three
modes of failure.
[a] Under axial
compression concrete
fails in shear.
[b] the separation of the specimen into columnar
pieces by what is known as splitting or columnar
fracture.
[c] Combination of shear and splitting failure.
Concrete Properties
2. Tensile Strength
Test:
= 7 .5
f ' c ( psi )
P
Mmax = P/2*a
unreinforced
concrete beam
fr
Mc 6 M
= 2
fr =
I
bh
Concrete Properties
2. Tensile Strength (cont.)
Concrete Properties
2. Tensile Strength (cont.)
2P
f ct =
ld
f ct = (5 to 7) f 'c ( psi )
(Not given in
ACI Code)
Concrete Properties
3. Shrinkage and Creep
Shrinkage: Due to water loss to atmosphere
(volume loss).
Plastic shrinkage occurs while concrete is still
wet (hot day, flat work, etc.)
Drying shrinkage occurs after concrete has set
Most shrinkage occurs in first few months (~80%
within one year).
Cycles of shrinking and swelling may occur as
environment changes.
Reinforcement restrains the development of
shrinkage.
Concrete Properties
Shrinkage of an Unloaded Specimen
Concrete Properties
Shrinkage is a function of
W/C
Concrete Properties
Shrinkage is a function of
Type of cement (finely ground)
Admixtures
Relative humidity (largest for
relative humidity of 40% or
less).
Typical magnitude of strain:
(200 to 600) * 10-6
or (200 to 600 microstrain)
Concrete Properties
Creep
N=L/L
Concrete Properties
Magnitude of creep strain is a function of all
the above that affect shrinkage, plus
magnitude of stress
age at loading
Concrete Properties
Creep strain develops over time
Absorbed water layers tend to become
thinner between gel particles that are
transmitting compressive stresses
Bonds form between gel particles in their
deformed position.
Concrete Properties
Tri-axial Compression
Confined Cylinder
Improved strength and ductility versus
uniaxial compression
F1
Example: spiral reinforced
1 = f 'c + 4.1 3
F3
where,
F1 = longitudinal stress at failure
F3 = lateral pressure
F1
Concrete Properties
Tri-axial Compression
Steel Reinforcement
1. General
Standard
Reinforcing Bar
Markings
Steel Reinforcement
1. General
Most common types for non-prestressed
members:
hot-rolled deformed bars
welded wire fabric
Steel Reinforcement
Steel Reinforcement
2. Types
ASTM A615 - Standard Specification for
Deformed and Plain-Billet Steel Bars
Grade 60: fy = 60 ksi, #3 to #18
most common in buildings and bridges
Grade 40: fy = 40 ksi, #3 to #6
most ductile
Grade 75: fy = 75 ksi, #6 to #18
Steel Reinforcement
2. Types
Steel Reinforcement
3. Stress versus Strain
Stress-Strain curve
for various types of
steel reinforcement
bar.
Steel Reinforcement
Es = Initial tangent
modulus = 29,000
ksi (all grades)
GR 60 (less ductile)
GR 40
Stress
Es
Note:
GR40 has a
longer yield
plateau
1
0.20
Strain
Class of Structures
Class of Structures
Class of Structures
Class of Structures
Retaining Wall
Abutment
Class of Structures
Deformed Frame
Reinforced Frame
Lecture 4 - Flexure
June 9, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Basic Concepts
Rectangular Beams
Flexural Stress
The beam is a structural
member used to support
the internal moments and
shears. It would be
called a beam-column if
a compressive force
existed.
C=T
M = C*(jd)
= T*(jd)
Flexural Stress
The stress in the block
is defined as:
= (M*y) / I
Sxx = I / (ymax)
The equation for Sxx
modulus for calculating
maximum compressive
stress.
Flexural Stress
There are 5 stages the concrete through which the beam
goes.
Stage 1: No external
loads self weight.
Flexural Stress
There are 5 stages the concrete through which the beam
goes.
Stage 2: the external
load P cause the bottom
fibers to equal to
modulus of rupture of
the concrete. Entire
concrete section was
effective, steel bar at
tension side has same
strain as surrounding
concrete.
Flexural Stress
There are 5 stages the concrete through which the beam
goes.
Stage 3: The tensile
strength of the concrete
exceeds the rupture fr and
cracks develop. The
neutral axis shifts upward
and cracks extend to
neutral axis. Concrete
loses tensile strength and
steel starts working
effectively and resists the
entire tensile load.
Flexural Stress
There are 5 stages the concrete through which the beam
goes.
Stage 4: The
reinforcement yields.
Stage 5: Failure of the
beam.
Flexural Stress
The three stages of
the beam.
Stage 1: No external
loads acting on the
beam.
Stage 3: Service
loading on the beam.
Stage 5: Beam
failure.
Flexural Stress
The moment-curvature
diagram show the five
stages of the beam. The
plot is of the curvature
angle, , verse the
moment.
= ( / y) = [ / E ] / y
= [(My / I) / E] / y
=M/(EI)
Flexural Stress
The beam fails first in shear and the second beam fails
in bending moment.
Flexural Stress
There are three types of flexural failure of a structural
member.
Steel may reach its yield strength before the concrete
reaches its maximum. (Under-reinforced section).
Steel reaches yield at same time as concrete reaches
ultimate strength. (Balanced section).
Concrete may fail before the the yield of steel due to
the presence of a high percentage of steel in the
section. (Over-reinforced section).
Flexural Stress
Steel may reach its yield strength before the concrete
reaches its maximum. (Under-reinforced section).
Flexural Stress
Steel reaches yield at same time as concrete reaches
ultimate strength. (Balanced section).
Flexural Stress
Concrete may fail before the the yield of steel due to the
presence of a high percentage of steel in the section.
(Over-reinforced section).
Flexural Stress
The flexural strain and stress distribution of beam from a
test beam.
Flexural Stress
Strain measured in test of eccentrically loaded
columns for a tied and spiral columns.
Flexural Stress-Example
Example
Consider a simple rectangular beam( b x h )
reinforced with steel reinforcement of As.
(1) Determine the centroid ( neutral axis, NA ) and
moment of inertia Izz of the beam for an ideal
beam (no cracks).
(2) Determine the NA and moment of inertia, Izz, of
beam if the beam is cracked and tensile forces
are in the steel only.
Example-Definitions
Ec Modulus of Elasticity - concrete
Es Modulus of Elasticity - steel
As Area of steel
d distance to steel
b width
h height
Es
n=
Ec
Example Mechanics of
Materials Properties
ynA
Centroid (NA)
y=
n A
I = n I + ( y y ) n A Moment of Inertia
i
i i
Example (uncracked)
Concrete
Steel
Area
yi
y iA
yi - y
(y i -y)2 A
bh
(n-1)A s
h/2
d
bh2/2
d(n-1)A s
bh3/12
---
(h/2-y)
(d-y)
(h/2-y)2bh
(d-y)2(n-1)A s
bh 2
+ ( n 1) As d
y
A
i i
y=
= 2
Ai bh + ( n 1) As
I = I i + ( yi y )
bh h
2
Ai =
+ y bh + ( d y ) ( n 1) As
12 2
Example - (cracked)
For a cracked section the
concrete is in compression
and steel is in tension.
The strain in the beam is
linear.
1
C = yb f c
2
T = As fs
Example - (cracked)
Using Equilibrium
T =C
1
As f s = yb f c
2
yb
fs =
fc
2 As
Example - (cracked)
Using Hookes law
f = E
yb
c Es 2 As 2nAs
Es s =
=
Ec c
=
yb
s Ec yb
2 As
However, this is an indeterminate problem to
find y . We will need to use a compatibility
condition.
Example - (cracked)
Using a compatibility
condition.
c
y
= =
s d y
d y y
Substitute into the first equation.
Example - (cracked)
Substitute in for the strain relationship.
2nAs
y
=
dy
yb
Rearrange the equation into a quadratic equation.
2nAs
2nAs
y +
y
d = 0
b
b
2
Example - (cracked)
Use a ratio of areas of concrete and steel.
As
=
bd
y + 2n d y 2n d = 0
2
y
y
+ 2n 2n = 0
d
d
Example - (cracked)
Use the quadratic formula
y 2n ( 2n ) + 8n
=
2
d
2
y
= ( n ) + 2n n
d
2
Example - (cracked)
The moment of inertia using the parallel axis
I = I i + ( yi y ) Ai
2
by y
2
=
+ by + ( d y ) nAs
12 2
3
by
2
=
+ ( d y ) nAs
3
3
Example
For the following example find centroid and moment
of inertia for an uncracked and cracked section and
compare the results.
Es = 29000 ksi
Ec = 3625 ksi
d = 15.5 in b = 12 in. h = 18 in.
Use 4 # 7 bars for the steel.
Example
E s 29000 ksi
n=
=
=8
Ec
3625 ksi
A #7 bar has an As = 0.6 in2
As = 4 ( 0.6 in
) = 2.4 in
Example
The uncracked centroid is
bh 2
+ ( n 1) As d
y= 2
bh + ( n 1) As
(12 in )(18 in )
=
+ ( 8 1) ( 2.4 in 2 ) (15.5 in )
2
2
(12 in )(18 in ) + (8 1) ( 2.4 in )
2204.4 in 3
=
= 9.47 in
2
232.8 in
Example
The uncracked moment of inertia
2
bh h
2
I=
+ y bh + ( d y ) ( n 1) As
12 2
12 in )(18 in )
(
=
12
18 in
+
9.47 in (12 in )(18 in )
2
= 6491 in 4
Example
The cracked centroid is defined by:
2
As
2.4 in
=
=
= 0.0129
bd (12 in )(15.5 in )
y
=
d
=
( n )
+ 2n n
( (8)( 0.0129 ) )
2 ( 8 )( 0.0129 ) ( 8 )( 0.0129 )
= 0.3627
y = 0.3627 (15.5 in ) = 5.62 in
Example
The cracked moment of inertia is
3
by
2
I=
+ ( d y ) nAs
3
1
3
= (12 in )( 5.62 in )
3
= 2584.2 in
Example
Notice that the centroid changes from 9.47 in. to
5.62 in. and the moment of inertia decreases from
6491 in4 to 2584 in4 . The cracked section loses
more than half of its strength.
Flexural Stress
Basic Assumptions in Flexure Theory
Plane sections remain plane ( not true
for deep beams h > 4b)
The strain in the reinforcement is equal
to the strain in the concrete at the
same level, i.e. s = c at same level.
Stress in concrete & reinforcement may
be calculated from the strains using
curves for concrete & steel.
Flexural Stress
Additional Assumptions for design (for simplification)
Tensile strength of concrete is neglected for
calculation of flexural strength.
Concrete is assumed to fail in compression,
when c (concrete strain) = cu (limit state) =
0.003
Compressive relationship for concrete
may be assumed to be any shape that results
in an acceptable prediction of strength.
Flexural Stress
The concrete may exceed the c at the outside edge
of the compressive zone.
Flexural Stress
The compressive force is modeled as Cc = k1k3fc b*c
at the location x = k2*c
Flexural Stress
The compressive
coefficients of the stress
block at given for the
following shapes.
k3 is ratio of maximum
stress at fc in the
compressive zone of a
beam to the cylinder
strength, fc (0.85 is a
typical value for common
concrete) (ACI 10.2.7)
Flexural Stress
The compressive zone is modeled with a equivalent
stress block.
Flexural Stress
The equivalent rectangular concrete stress distribution
has what is known as a 1 coefficient is proportion of
average stress distribution covers. (ACI 10.2.7.3)
Flexural Stress
Requirements for analysis of reinforced concrete beams
[1] Stress-Strain Compatibility Stress at a point in
member must correspond to strain at a point.
[2] Equilibrium Internal
forces balances with
external forces
Flexural Stress
Example of rectangular reinforced concrete beam.
(1) Setup equilibrium.
=0
T=C
As f s = 0.85 f c ab
a
M = 0 T d 2 = M n
Flexural Stress
Example of rectangular reinforced concrete beam.
(2) Find flexural capacity.
T = As fs
C = 0.85 f c ab
As fs
a=
0.85 f cb
Flexural Stress
Example of rectangular reinforced concrete beam.
(2) Find flexural capacity.
M n = T ( moment arm )
a
= As fs d
2
Flexural Stress
Example of rectangular reinforced concrete beam.
(3) Need to confirm s > y
y =
c=
y
Es
a
(
d c)
s =
c > y
c
Lecture 5 - Flexure
June 11, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Rectangular Beams
Safety factors
Loading and Resistance
Balanced Beams
Flexural Stress
The compressive zone is modeled with a equivalent
stress block.
Flexural Stress
The equivalent rectangular concrete stress distribution
has what is known as a 1 coefficient is proportion of
average stress distribution covers.
Flexural Stress
Requirements for analysis of reinforced concrete beams
[1] Stress-Strain Compatibility Stress at a point in
member must correspond to strain at a point.
[2] Equilibrium Internal
forces balances with
external forces
Flexural Stress
Example of rectangular reinforced concrete beam.
(1) Setup equilibrium.
=0
T=C
As f s = 0.85 f c ab
a
M = 0 T d 2 = M n
Flexural Stress
Example of rectangular reinforced concrete beam.
(2) Find flexural capacity.
T = As fs
C = 0.85 f c ab
As fs
a=
0.85 f cb
Flexural Stress
Example of rectangular reinforced concrete beam.
(2) Find flexural capacity.
M n = T ( moment arm )
a
= As fs d
2
Flexural Stress
Example of rectangular reinforced concrete beam.
(3) Need to confirm s > y
y =
c=
y
Es
a
(
d c)
s =
c > y
c
Flexural Stress
Rectangular Example
Example of rectangular reinforced concrete beam.
Given a rectangular beam
fc = 4000 psi
fy = 60 ksi (4 #7 bars)
b = 12 in. d = 15.5 in. h= 18 in.
Find the neutral axis.
Find the moment capacity of the beam.
Flexural Stress
Rectangular Example
Determine the area of steel, #7 bar has 0.6 in2.
As = 4 ( 0.6 in
) = 2.4 in
Flexural Stress
Rectangular Example
From equilibrium (assume the steel has yielded)
C =T
0.85 f cba = f y As
a=
f y As
0.85 f cb
2
60
ksi
2.4
in
(
)(
)
= 3.53 in.
Flexural Stress
Rectangular Example
Check to see whether or not the steel has yielded.
fy
60 ksi
y =
=
= 0.00207
E s 29000 ksi
Check the strain in the steel
d c
s =
( 0.003)
Steel yielded!
c
Flexural Stress
Rectangular Example
Compute moment capacity of the beam.
M n = As f y d
2
3.53 in.
Flexural Stress
Non-Rectangular Example
For a non-rectangular beam
For the given beam with concrete
rated at fc = 6 ksi and the steel is
rated at fs = 60 ksi. d = 12.5 in.
(a) Determine the area of the steel for a
balanced system for shown area of concrete.
(b) Determine the moment capacity of the
beam. Mn
(c) Determine the NA.
Flexural Stress
Non-Rectangular Example
For a non-rectangular beam
The area of the concrete section is
C = 0.85 f c Ac
= 0.85 ( 6 ksi ) ( 38 in 2 )
= 193.8 kips.
Flexural Stress
Non-Rectangular Example
Using equilibrium, the area of the steel can be found
T =C
0.85 f c Ac
fs As = 0.85 f c Ac As =
fs
193.8 kips
2
As =
= 3.23 in
60 ksi
Flexural Stress
Non-Rectangular Example
Find the center of the area
of concrete area
yA
y=
A
i
Flexural Stress
Non-Rectangular Example
The moment capacity of the beam is
Mn = T (d y )
= 193.8 kips (12.5 in. 2.8158 in.)
= 1869 k-in. 155.75 k-ft.
Flexural Stress
Non-Rectangular Example
Compute the 1 value
f c 4000 psi
1 = 0.85 0.05*
1000 psi
6000 psi 4000 psi
= 0.85 0.05*
1000 psi
= 0.75
Flexural Stress
Non-Rectangular Example
Find the neutral axis
c=
5.0 in.
=
= 6.67 in.
0.75
Safety Provisions
Structures and structural members must always be
designed to carry some reserve load above what is
expected under normal use.
Safety Provisions
There are three main reasons why some sort of safety
factor are necessary in structural design.
[1] Consequences of failure.
[2] Variability in loading.
[3] Variability in resistance.
Consequences of Failure
A number of subjective factors must be considered
in determining an acceptable level of safety.
Potential loss of life.
Cost of clearing the debris and replacement of the
structure and its contents.
Cost to society.
Type of failure warning of failure, existence of
alternative load paths.
Variability in Loading
Frequency distribution
of sustained component
of live loads in offices.
Variability in Resistance
Variability of the strengths of concrete and
reinforcement.
Differences between the as-built dimensions
and those found in structural drawings.
Effects of simplification made in the
derivation of the members resistance.
Variability in Resistance
Comparison of
measured and
computed failure
moments based on
all data for
reinforced
concrete beams
with fc > 2000 psi.
Margin of Safety
The distributions of
the resistance and
the loading are used
to get a probability
of failure of the
structure.
Margin of Safety
The term
Y=R-S
is called the safety
margin. The probability
of failure is defined as:
Pf = Pr obability of [Y < 0]
and the safety index is
=
Loading
SPECIFICATIONS
Cities in the U.S. generally base their building
code on one of the three model codes:
Loading
These codes have been consolidated in the
2000 International Building Code.
Loadings in these codes are mainly based on
ASCE Minimum Design Loads for Buildings
and Other Structures has been updated to
ASCE 7-02.
Loading
The loading variations are taken into
consideration by using a series of load factors
to determine the ultimate load, U.
U = 1.4 ( D + F )
U = 1.2 ( D + F + T ) + 1.6 ( L + H ) + 0.5 ( Lr or S or R )
U = 1.2 D + 1.6W + 0.5 L + 1.0 ( Lr or S or R )
U = 1.2 D + 1.0 E + 1.0 L + 0.2 S
M= etc.
Loading
The equations come from ACI code 9.2 on
loading (4.6 in your book),
D Dead Load
L Live Load
F Fluid Pressure
E Earthquake Load
S Snow Load
W Wind Load
Lr Roof Load
R Rain Load
T Temperature Load
H Soil Load
Loading
The most general equation for the ultimate load,
U (Mu) that you will see is going to be:
U = 1.2 D + 1.6 L
Resistance
The load factors will generate the ultimate load,
which is used in the design and analysis of the
structural member.
Mu = Mn
Mu Ultimate Moment
Mn Nominal Moment
Resistance
The strength reduction factor, , varies from member
to member depending whether it is in tension or
compression or the type of member. The code has
been setup to determine the reduction.
Inelastic Behavior
Compression Failure
The concrete will crush
before the steel yields.
This is a sudden
failure.
The beam is known as
an over-reinforced
beam.
Inelastic Behavior
Tension Failure
The reinforcement
yields before the
concrete crushes. The
concrete crushes is a
secondary
compression failure.
The beam is known as
an under-reinforced
beam.
Inelastic Behavior
Balanced Failure
The concrete crushes
and the steel yields
simultaneously.
The beam is known as
an balancedreinforced beam.
Inelastic Behavior
Which type of failure is the most desirable?
The under-reinforced
beam is the most
desirable.
fs = f y
s >> y
You want ductility
system deflects and
still carries load.
y
0.003
=
cb
d cb
Balanced Reinforcement
Ratio, bal
The equation can be rewritten to find cb
0.003d 0.003c b = y c b
c b ( 0.003 + y ) = 0.003d
0.003d
cb =
( 0.003 + y )
cb
0.003
=
d ( 0.003 + y )
c b 0.003 E s
87000
=
=
d ( 0.003 + y ) E s ( 87000 + f y )
C =T
a=
0.85 f cba = A s f y
f y As
0.85 f cb
M n = As f y d
2
1.7 f cbd
bd d
fy d
Mn = ( fy ) ( r ) d d
1.7 f c
3
M n = ( r ) f cd 1
= ( r ) f c (1 0.59 ) d
1.7
3
M n = Rbd
R = f c (1 0.59 )
Limitations on Reinforcement
Ratio,
The selection of the steel will be determined by the
Lower Limit on
As(min)
ACI 10.5.1
3 f c
200
=
* bw d
* bw d
fy
fy
Limitations on Reinforcement
Ratio,
Lower Limit on
min
ACI 10.5.1
3 f c
200
=
fy
fy
4
Mn Mu
3
See ACI 10.5.3
for As (provided)
Example
Given:
fc = 3 ksi & fy = 40 ksi
and As = 4 in2
Determine:
(1) Determine if the beam will
satisfy ACI code.
(2) If fc = 6 ksi?
Example
Given:
fc = 3 ksi & fy = 40 ksi and As = 4 in2
As
4 in 2
=
=
= 0.0333
bd ( 8 in.)(15 in.)
The minimum steel ratio is
min
3 3000
=
=0.00411
40000
min = 0.005
200
= 0.005
40000
Example
Given:
fc = 3 ksi & fy = 40 ksi and As =4 in2
a=
f y As
0.85 f cb
2
40
ksi
4
in
(
)(
)
0.85 ( 3 ksi )( 8 in )
= 8.743 in.
8.743 in.
c 9.23 in.
=
= 9.23 in. =
= 0.615
c=
1
0.85
d 15 in.
Example
The strain in the steel is
d c
15 in. 7.843 in.
t =
( 0.003) =
( 0.003)
7.843 in.
c
= 0.0027
Example
c/d=0.615
Example
Given:
fc = 6 ksi & fy = 40 ksi and As =4 in2
As
4 in 2
=
=
= 0.0333
bd ( 8 in.)(15 in.)
min
3 6000
=
=0.00581
40000
200
= 0.005
40000
Example
Given:
fc = 6 ksi & fy = 40 ksi and As =4 in2
a=
f y As
0.85 f cb
2
40
ksi
4
in
(
)(
)
0.85 ( 6 ksi )( 8 in )
= 3.922 in.
3.922 in.
c 5.22 in.
=
= 5.22 in. =
= 0.349
c=
1
0.75
d 15 in.
Example
The strain in the steel will be
d c
15 in. 5.22 in.
t =
( 0.003) =
( 0.003)
5.22 in.
c
= 0.0056
Example
c/d=0.349
Lecture 6 - Flexure
June 13, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Doubly Reinforced beams
T Beams and L Beams
T = As f y
C =T
Analysis of Doubly
Reinforced Sections
Effect of Compression Reinforcement on the Strength
and Behavior
Singly Reinforced
a1
C = Cc ; M n = As f y d
2
Doubly Reinforced
a2
C = Cc + Cs ; M n = As f y d
2
Effect of Compression
Reinforcement
Compare the strain distribution in two beams
with the same As
Effect of Compression
Reinforcement
Section 1:
T = As f s
T = Cc1 = 0.85 f c ba = 0.85 f c b1c1
As f s
c1 =
0.85 f c b1
Section 2:
T = As f s
T = Cs + Cc1
= As f s + 0.85 f c ba2
= As f s + 0.85 f c b1c2
As f s As f s
c2 =
0.85 f c b1
0.003
=
c
( c d ')
c d ')
(
=
* 0.003
s
T = Cc + Cs a =
( As As ) f y
0.85 f cb
( As As ) f y ( ') d f y
=
=
c=
1 1 ( 0.85 f cb ) 1 ( 0.85 f c)
a
s = 1 cu
c
1 ( 0.85 f c) d
= 1
0.003
'
d
f
(
) y
s y =
fy
Es
s y
1 ( 0.85 f c) d
fy
fy
=
s = 1
0.003
E s 29 x 10 ksi
( ') d f y
1 ( 0.85 f c) d f y 87
87
( ') d f y
1 ( 0.85 f c) d 87
( ')
87 f
d
f
y
y
As f y + 0.85 f c ba = As f y
c=
( Ass As ) f y
0.85 f c b 1
a = 1c
fy
d c
s =
cu y =
Es
c
M n = ( As As ) f y d + As f y ( d d )
2
f s = E s
As f y = As f s + 0.85 f cba
= AsEs s + 0.85 f cb 1c
d
= AsEs 1 cu + 0.85 f cb 1c
c
As f y = AsEs 1 cu + 0.85 f cb 1c
c
2
0.85 f cb 1c + ( AsEs cu As f y ) c AsEs cu d = 0
Solve the quadratic and find c.
d
d
fs = 1 Es cu = 1 87 ksi
c
c
fy
d c
s =
cu y =
Es
c
0.85
f
d
(
)
1
c
3
fs = 29 x 10 1
0.003
'
d
f
(
)
y
Af
(
T = C + C a =
s y
c=
As fs )
0.85 f cb
d
fs = 1 87 ksi
c
M n = ( As f y As fs) d + As fs( d d )
2
min
3 f c
200
=
fy
fy
(ACI 10.5)
3 fc
fy
3 4000
=
= 0.00316
60000
d fy
87 f y
= 0.0398
87 60
60
ksi
15.5
in.
(
)
0.00957 0.0398
c 2.5969c 3.8884 = 0
2
c=
2.5969
c = 3.6595 in.
( 2.5969 )
2
4 ( 3.8884 )
2.5 in.
d
fs = 1 Es cu = 1
87 ksi
c
3.659 in.
= 27.565 ksi
As f y As fs
0.85 f c 1b
2
2
2.4
in
60
ksi
0.62
in
) (
(
)(
) ( 27.565 ksi )
c = 3.659 in.
M n = As f y As f s d + As fs ( d d )
2
( 2.4 in 2 ) ( 60 ksi )
=
15.5 in.
0.62
in
27.565
ksi
(
)
(
)
= 0.9
M u = M u = 0.9 (166 k - ft )
= 149.4 k - ft
Analysis of Flanged
Section
Floor systems with slabs and beams are placed
in monolithic pour.
Slab acts as a top flange to the beam; Tbeams, and Inverted L(Spandrel) Beams.
Analysis of Flanged
Sections
Positive and Negative Moment Regions in a T-beam
L
beff
4
16hf + bw
bactual
L
beff
+ bw
12
6hf + bw
bw
hf
2
beff 4bw
Twin Tee
Box
Lecture 7 - Flexure
June 16, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Doubly Reinforced beams
T Beams and L Beams
Pan Joist
Analysis of Flanged
Section
Floor systems with slabs and beams are placed
in monolithic pour.
Slab acts as a top flange to the beam; Tbeams, and Inverted L(Spandrel) Beams.
Analysis of Flanged
Sections
Positive and Negative Moment Regions in a T-beam
L
beff
4
16hf + bw
bactual
L
beff
+ bw
12
6hf + bw
bw
hf
2
beff 4bw
Twin Tee
Box
Analysis of T-Beam
Case 1:
a hf
Assume s y f s = f y
Check
a hf
Steel is yielding
under reinforced
Analysis of T-Beam
Case 1:
a hf
Equilibrium
As f y
T =Ca=
0.85f c beff
Analysis of T-Beam
Case 1: a hf
Confirm
s y
c=
d c
s =
cu y
c
Analysis of T-Beam
Case 1:
a hf
Calculate Mn
M n = As f y d
2
Analysis of T-Beam
Case 2:
a > hf
Analysis of T-Beam
Case 2:
a > hf
0.85 f c ( b bw ) hf
Asf =
fy
The flanges are considered to be equivalent
compression steel.
Analysis of T-Beam
Case 2:
a > hf
Equilibrium
T = Cf + Cw a =
( As Asf ) f y
0.85 f cbw
Analysis of T-Beam
Case 2:
Confirm
a > hf
a > hf
c=
d c
s =
cu 0.005
c
Analysis of T-Beam
Case 2:
Confirm
a > hf
fy
=
f c
hf
1.18 d
or hf a
Analysis of T-Beam
Case 2:
a > hf
Calculate nominal
moments
M n = M n1 + M n2
a
M n1 = ( As Asf ) f y d
2
hf
M n2 = Asf f y d
2
Analysis of T-Beams
The definition of Mn1 and Mn2 for the T-Beam are given
as:
Analysis of T-Beams
The ultimate moment Mu for the T-Beam are given as:
Mu = Mn
Limitations on Reinforcement
for Flange Beams
Lower Limits
Flange in compression
min
3 f c
As
fy
=
= larger of
bw d
200
fy
Limitations on Reinforcement
for Flange Beams
Lower Limits
6 f c
bw d
Flange in tension
fy
3 f c
As(min) = smaller of
beff d
larger of f y
200
beff d
f y
Limitations on Reinforcement
for Flange Beams
Lower Limits
Example - T-Beam
Find Mn and Mu for T-Beam.
beff = 54 in. hf = 3 in. b = 7 ft.
d = 16.5 in. As = 8.5 in2
fy = 50 ksi fc = 3 ksi
bw= 12 in
L = 18 ft
Example of L-Beam
Confirm beff
12 in.
18 ft
L
ft.
=
= 54 in.
beff
4
4
16hf + bw = 16 ( 3 in.) + 12 in.=60 in.
12 in.
b = 7 ft.
= 84 in.
ft.
Example - T-Beam
Compute the equivalent c value and check the strain
in the steel, s
8.5 in 2 ) ( 50 ksi )
As f y
(
=
= 3.09 in.
a=
0.85f c b eff 0.85 ( 3 ksi )( 54 in.)
3.09 in
=
= 3.63 in.
c=
0.85
1
a
d
16.5 in.
1 0.003 = 0.0106 > 0.005
s = 1 0.003 =
c
3.63 in.
Example - T-Beam
Compute the reinforcement and check to make sure it
is greater than min
2
8.5
in
(
)
As
=
=
= 0.0429
b w d (12 in.)(16.5 in.)
min
200
200
=
= 0.004
fy
50000
=
min = 0.004
3 f c = 3 3000 = 0.00329
fy
50000
Example - T-Beam
Compute and check that the c value is greater than hf
fy
50 ksi
= = 0.0429
= 0.7155
f c
3 ksi
hf
1.18 d
Example - T-Beam
Compute and check that the c value is greater than hf
0.85 f c ( beff bw ) hf 0.85 ( 3 ksi )( 54 in. 12 in.)( 3 in.)
Asf =
=
fy
( 50 ksi )
= 6.426 in 2
Compute a
a=
( As Asf ) f y
0.85 f c bw
= 3.889 in.
2
2
8.5
in
6.426
in
(
) ( 50 ksi )
Example - T-Beam
Compute nominal moment components
a
M n1 = ( As Asf ) f y d
2
3.889 in.
2
2
= ( 8.5 in 6.426 in ) ( 50 ksi ) 16.5 in.
= 1535.34 k-in.
M n2
hf
= Asf f y d
2
= 4819.5 k-in.
3 in.
2
= ( 6.426 in ) ( 50 ksi ) 16.5 in.
Example - T-Beam
Compute nominal moment
M n = M n1 + M n2
= 1535.34 k-in. + 4819.5 k-in.
= 6354.84 k-in. 529.57 k-ft.
Example of L-Beam
Determine the
effective b for the
spandrel beam and
do the analysis.
Use 4 #9 bars and
find the ultimate
moment capacity.
fy=50 ksi, fc = 3 ksi
Example of L-Beam
Compute beff
L
beff
+ bw
12
6hf + bw
Example of L-Beam
Compute beff
12 in.
20 ft
L
ft
+ bw =
+ 12 in. =32 in.
beff
12
12
6hf + bw = 6 ( 6 in.) + 12 in. = 48 in.
bactual = bw + 0.5* ( clear distance to next web )
12 in.
= 12 in. + 0.5* 7 ft
= 54 in.
ft
Example of L-Beam
The value beff and As
beff = 32 in.
As = 4 (1.0 in
) = 4.0 in
Example - L-Beam
Compute the equivalent c value and check the strain
in the steel, s
2
4.0
in
(
) ( 50 ksi )
As f y
=
= 2.45 in.
a=
0.85f c b eff 0.85 ( 3 ksi )( 32 in.)
2.45 in
=
= 2.88 in.
c=
1
0.85
a
d
24 in.
Example - L-Beam
Compute the reinforcement and check to make sure it
is greater than min
2
4.0
in
(
)
As
=
=
= 0.0139
b w d (12 in.)( 24 in.)
min
200
200
=
= 0.004
fy
50000
=
min = 0.004
3 f c = 3 3000 = 0.00329
f
50000
y
Example - L-Beam
Compute and check that the c value is greater than hf
fy
50 ksi
= = 0.0139
= 0.2315
f c
3 ksi
hf
1.18 d
False!
Example - L-Beam
Compute a
4.0 in ) ( 50 ksi )
As f y
(
a=
=
0.85 f c b 0.85 ( 3 ksi )( 32 in.)
2
= 2.451 in.
Example - L-Beam
Compute nominal moment
M n = As f y d
2
2.451 in.
Example - L-Beam
Compute ultimate moment
One-Way Joist
Construction
Definition: Pan joist floor
systems are series of closely
spaced cast-in-place T-beams
or joists used for long-span
floors with relatively light
loads. Typically removable
metal forms (fillers or pans)
are used to form joists.
One-Way Joist
Construction
The design of a ribbed floor
with steel pan forms and
average weight of the floor.
Joist Details
Pan Joist
Slabs
Standard Pan Joist
Form Dimensions
Ref. CECO Concrete
Construction Catalog
Pan Joist
Slabs
Standard Pan Joist
Form Dimensions
Ref. CECO Concrete Construction
Catalog
Rib/slab thickness
Governed by strength, fire rating,
available space
Overall depth and rib thickness
Governed by deflections and shear
Member Depth
ACI provides minimum member depth and
slab thickness requirements that can be used
without a deflection calculation (Sec. 9.5 ACI
318)
Member Depth
ACI 318 - Table 9.5a:
Member
Depth
ACI 318-99: Table 9.5a
Member Depth
Rule of Thumb:
hb (in.) ~ L (ft.)
Ex.) 30 ft. span -> hb ~ 30 in.
May be a little large, but okay as a start to
calc. DL
Another Rule of Thumb:
wDL (web below slab) ~ 15% (wSDL+ wLL)
Note: For design, start with maximum
moment for beam to finalize depth.
Select b as a function of d
b ~ (0.45 to 0.65) (d)
Lecture 8 - Flexure
June 18, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Pan Joist
One-way Slab
Pattern Loading
Pan Joist
Slabs
Standard Pan Joist
Form Dimensions
Ref. CECO Concrete
Construction Catalog
Pan Joist
Slabs
Standard Pan Joist
Form Dimensions
Ref. CECO Concrete Construction
Catalog
Rib/slab thickness
Governed by strength, fire rating,
available space
Overall depth and rib thickness
Governed by deflections and shear
Member Depth
ACI provides minimum member depth and
slab thickness requirements that can be used
without a deflection calculation (Sec. 9.5 ACI
318)
Member Depth
ACI 318 - Table 9.5a:
Member
Depth
ACI 318-99: Table 9.5a
Member Depth
Rule of Thumb:
hb (in.) ~ L (ft.)
Ex.) 30 ft. span -> hb ~ 30 in.
May be a little large, but okay as a start to
calc. DL
Another Rule of Thumb:
wDL (web below slab) ~ 15% (wSDL+ wLL)
Note: For design, start with maximum
moment for beam to finalize depth.
Select b as a function of d
b ~ (0.45 to 0.65) (d)
M u = Cm ( wu ln )
2
wu ln
Vu = Cv
Example
Design the eight-span east west
in figure. A typical 1-ft wide
design strip is shaded. A
partial section through this
strip is shown. The beams are
assumed to be 14 in. wide.
The concrete strength is 3750
psi and the reinforcement
strength is 60 ksi. The live
load is 100 psf and dead load
of 50 psf.
End bay:
l = 15 ft
= 180 in
ft
l 180 in.
min . h =
=
= 7.5 in.
24
24
Interior bays:
Use 7.5 in.
l 180 in.
min h =
=
= 6.43 in.
28
28
wL 3wD
OK!
MU
81.61 k-in/ft
MN =
=
= 90.68k-in/ft
0.9
MN
90.68 k-in/ft
2
As =
=
= 0.258 in /ft
f y ( 0.9d ) 60 ksi ( 0.9 ( 6.5 in ) )
M N = As f y d As =
a
2
fy d
2
90.68 k-in/ft
As =
0.405 in.
= 0.240 in 2 /ft
d c
6.5 in. 0.476 in.
t =
cu =
0.003
0.476 in.
c
= 0.038 0.005
min
200
200
f = 60000 = 0.00333
y
=
min = 0.00333
3 f c = 3 3750 = 0.0031
f
60000
y
Problem!
0.2 in 2
spacing =
12 in.) =14.8 in.
2 (
0.162 in
Pattern Loads
Using influence lines to determine pattern
loads
Pattern Loads
Influence Line: graph of variation of
shear, moment, or other effect at one
particular point in a structure due to a unit
load moving across the structure.
Pattern
Loads
Quantitative
Influence
Lines
Ordinate are
calculated
(exact)
MacGregor (1997)
Pattern Loads
Qualitative Influence Lines
Mueller-Breslau Principle
Pattern Loads
Qualitative Influence Lines (cont.)
For moments
Insert pin at location of interest
Twist beam on either side of pin
Other supports are unyielding, so
distorted shape may be easily drawn.
For frames, joints are assumed free to
rotate, assume members are rigidly
connected (angle between members
does not change)
Pattern Loads
Qualitative Influence Lines
Pattern Loads
Frame Example:
Maximize +M at point B.
Draw qualitative
influence lines.
Resulting pattern load:
checkerboard pattern
Pattern Loads
Arrangement of Live Loads (ACI 31802, Sec. 8.9.1)
Pattern Loads
Arrangement of Live Loads ACI 31899, Sec. 8.9.2:
Lecture 9 - Flexure
June 20, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Load Envelopes
Resistance Factors and Loads
Design of Singly Reinforced Rectangular
Beam
Moment
Envelopes
The moment envelope
curve defines the extreme
boundary values of
bending moment along the
beam due to critical
placements of design live
loading.
Moment
Envelopes Example
Given following beam with a dead load of 1 k/ft and
live load 2 k/ft obtain the shear and bending moment
envelopes
Moment
Envelopes Example
Use a series of shear and bending moment diagrams
5
Wu = 1.2wD + 1.6wL
kips
4
3
2
1
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
(ft)
80
150
60
100
40
50
0
0
-20 0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
k-ft
kips
20
-50 0
10
15
20
25
30
-100
-40
-150
-60
-200
-80
-250
ft
Shear Diagram
ft
Moment Diagram
35
40
Moment
Envelopes Example
Use a series of shear and bending moment diagrams
1.4
Wu = 1.2wD + 1.6wL
1.2
k/ft
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
ft
20
40
15
20
10
0
-5 0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
k-ft
kips
10
15
20
25
30
-20
-40
-10
-60
-15
-20
-80
ft
Shear Diagram
ft
Moment Diagram
35
40
Moment
Envelopes Example
Use a series of shear and bending moment diagrams
k/ft
Wu = 1.2wD + 1.6wL
5
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
25
30
35
40
50
40
30
20
10
0
-10 0
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
200
150
100
50
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
k-ft
kips
ft
0
-50 0
10
15
20
-100
-150
-200
ft
Shear Diagram
ft
Moment Diagram
Moment
Envelopes Example
The shear envelope
Shear Envelope
80
Minimum Shear
60
Maximum Shear
40
kips
20
0
-20 0
10
20
-40
-60
-80
ft
30
40
Moment
Envelopes Example
The moment envelope
Moment Envelope
200
k-ft
100
0
-100
10
15
20
25
30
-200
-300
ft
Minimum Moment
Maximum Moment
35
40
Design:
Mn Mu
factored load
effect
Mn Mu
U
U
U
U
U
= 0.90
= 0.70
= 0.65
= 0.75
= 0.65
l (ft)
3t
Max. space = smaller of
18 in.
Mn = C d
2
a 1 a
= 0.85 f cba d = 0.85 f cbd d 1
2
d 2 d
a
c
1
2
= 0.85 f cbd k 1 k where, k = = 1
d
2
d
1 2
= 0.85 f c k 1 k bd
{
2
1 4 44 2 4 4 43 size
Ru
k = 1 = 0.85 ( 0.275 )
d
= 0.23375
Ru = 0.85 f c k 1
2
0.23375
= 0.85 ( 3 ksi )( 0.23375 ) 1
= 0.5264 ksi
MU
MN
2
=
bd =
Ru
Ru
12 in
225 k-ft ft
0.9
3
=
= 5699 in
0.5264 ksi
As = 4 (1.0 in
) = 4.00 in
Compute
As
4.00 in 2
=
=
bd (12.0 in )( 22.5 in )
= 0.014815
min
200
200
=
= 0.005
f
40000
y
=
min = 0.005
3 f c = 3 3000 = 0.00411
fy
40000
db
h = d + + cover + dstirrup
2
1.128 in.)
(
= 22.5 in. +
+ [1.5 in. + 0.375 in.]
2
= 24.94 in
Use h = 25 in.
a=
As f y
0.85f cb
2
4.0
in
(
) ( 40 ksi )
= 5.23 in.
Find c
5.23 in.
c=
=
0.85
1
= 6.15 in.
d c
22.5 in. 6.15 in.
t =
cu =
( 0.003)
6.15 in.
c
= 0.00797 0.005
c 6.15 in.
=
= 0.2733
d 22.5 in.
Therefore, is 0.9
M N = As f y d
2
5.23 in.
= 3186.6 k-in
Calculate Mu
2
MU = MN
2863.4 2700
*100% = 6.05%
2700
Over-designed the beam by 6%
c
6.15 in.
=
= 0.2733
d ( 22.5 in.)
Lecture 10 Design
Reinforced Beams
June 23, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Examples of Singly Reinforced
Rectangular Beam
4500
psi
4000
psi
dominate. Chose
= 0.85 0.05
1000 psi
c/d=0.25
= 0.825
c
k = 1
d
= 0.825 ( 0.25 ) = 0.20675
Ru = 0.85 f c k 1
2
( 0.20675 )
= 0.85 ( 4.5 ksi )( 0.20675 ) 1
= 0.7076 ksi
MU
MN
2
=
bd =
Ru
Ru
12 in
250 k-ft ft
0.9
3
=
= 4711 in
0.7076 ksi
4711 in
0.55d = 4711 in d =
= 20.46 in.
0.55
3
0.85 f cb 1c
As =
fy
0.85 ( 4.5 ksi )(12 in.)( 0.825 )( 5.125 in.)
=
50 ksi
2
= 3.88 in
20.5
1.5 in.
0.375 in.
Bar
Area (in 2)
diameter (in)
# of bars
As(in 2)
single
spacing(in)
6
7
8
9
10
11
0.44
0.6
0.79
1
1.27
1.56
0.75
0.875
1
1.128
1.27
1.41
9
7
5
4
3
3
3.96
4.2
3.95
4
3.81
4.68
16.5
15.125
12.75
11.646
10.1
10.8
h (in)
22.75
22.81
22.88
22.94
23.01
23.08
db
h = d + + cover + dstirrup
2
1.41 in.)
(
= 20.5 in. +
+ [1.5 in. + 0.375 in.] = 23.08 in
2
To be exact, use d = 20.5 in 0.08 in. = 20.42 in.,
but in reality use d = 20.5 in.
a=
As f y
0.85f cb
2
4.68
in
(
) ( 50 ksi )
= 5.10 in.
Find c
5.10 in.
c=
=
0.825
1
= 6.18 in.
As
4.68 in 2
=
=
bd (12.0 in )( 20.5 in )
= 0.019024
min
200
200
=
= 0.004
fy
50000
=
min = 0.004025
3 f c = 3 4500 = 0.004025
f
50000
y
d c
20.5 in. 6.18 in.
t =
cu =
( 0.003)
6.18 in.
c
= 0.00695 0.005
Therefore, is 0.9
M n = As f y d
2
5.10 in.
= 4200.6 k-in
Calculate Mu
2
Mu = Mn
3780.5 3000
*100% = 26.02%
3000
Over-designed the beam by 26%
c 6.18 in.
=
= 0.301
d 20.5 in.
# of bars
As(in 2)
c (in)
c/d
Mn (k-in)
Error
%
9
10
11
4
3
3
4.00
3.81
4.68
5.28
5.03
6.18
0.258
0.245
0.301
0.01626
0.01549
0.01902
3664.30
3509.90
4200.60
9.93
5.30
26.02
12 in.
h = 0.08 24 ft
= 23.04 in. 23.0 in.
ft
12 in.
h = 0.1 24 ft
= 28.8 in. 29.0 in.
ft
12 in
2 12 in
29 in. ft.
ft.
2
bh =
29
in.
=
2.92
ft
12 in
2 12 in
2
3
bh
=
1.84
ft
0.150
k/ft
( ) (
)(
) = 0.276 k/ft
2
3
bh
=
2.92
ft
0.150
k/ft
( ) (
)(
) = 0.438 k/ft
U L
k =
1c
= ( 0.85 )( 0.275 )
d
= 0.23375
Ru = 0.85 f c k (1 0.5k )
MU
MN
2
bd =
=
Ru
Ru
3286.4 k-in
0.9
3
=
= 5202.7 in
0.7019 ksi
5202.7 in
0.5d = 5202.7 in d =
= 21.83 in.
0.5
3
ft.
ft.
2
bh = 12 in.
25
in.
2.08
ft
=
12 in
12 in
2
3
bh
2.08
ft
0.150
k/ft
=
( ) (
)(
) = 0.3125 k/ft
U L
k =
1c
= ( 0.85 )( 0.275 )
d
= 0.23375
Ru = 0.85 f c k (1 0.5k )
MU
MN
2
bd =
=
Ru
Ru
3189 k-in
0.9
3
=
= 5048.1 in
0.7019 ksi
5048.1 in
0.5d = 5048.1 in d =
= 21.61 in.
0.5
3
0.85 f cb 1c
As =
fy
0.85 ( 4 ksi )(12 in.)( 0.85 )( 6.1875 in.)
=
60 ksi
2
= 3.58 in
Bar
6
7
8
9
10
11
# of bars
8
6
4
4
3
3
As (in2)
3.52
3.60
3.16
4.00
3.81
4.68
single
spacing (in)
13.125
13.375
10.750
11.646
10.100
10.800
db
h = d + + cover + dstirrup
2
1.00 in.)
(
= 22.5 in. +
+ [1.5 in. + 0.375 in.] = 24.875 in
2
Use d = 22.5 in. and h = 25 in.
a=
As f y
0.85f cb
2
3.16
in
(
) ( 60 ksi )
= 4.65 in.
Find c
4.65 in.
=
c=
0.85
1
= 5.47 in.
= 0.009347 0.005
c 5.47 in.
=
= 0.243
d 22.5 in.
Therefore, is 0.9
M N = As f y d
2
4.65 in.
= 3825.5 k-in
Calculate Mu
2
MU = MN
3442.9 3189
*100% = 7.96%
3189
Over-designed the beam by 8 %
As
3.16 in 2
=
=
= 0.0117
bd (12 in.)( 22.5 in.)
min
200
200
f = 60000 = 0.003333
y
=
min = 0.003333
3 f c = 3 4000 = 0.00316
f
60000
y
Doubly Reinforced
Concrete Beams
0.85 f c ba
As1 =
fy
a1
M f1 = As1 f y d
2
M =
Mu
M f1
y)
As( req'd )
M
=
( d d ) ( f y )
As(reqd)
allowable limits.
Lecture 11 Design
Reinforced Beams
June 25, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Design of Doubly Reinforced Beams
0.85 f c ba
As1 =
fy
a1
M f1 = As1 f y d
2
M =
Mu
M f1
y)
As( req'd )
M
=
( d d ) ( f y )
As(reqd)
allowable limits.
c
0.375
d
Select c/d = 0.325
c
= 0.325 c = 0.325d = 0.325 (18.5 in.) = 6.01 in.
d
C =T
C =T
0.85 f cba
0.85 f cba = As1 f y As1 =
fy
M n1 = As1 f y d
2
5.11 in.
= 2078 k-in.
2
M N = M n1 + M n2 M n2 = M N M n1
M n2 =
MU
M n1
M n2 =
MU
M n1
12 in.
265 k-ft
ft
=
2078 k-in.
0.9
= 1422 k-in.
c
d
s =
cu =
( 0.003)
6.01 in.
c
= 0.00175
fy
50 ksi
y =
=
= 0.00172
E s 29000 ksi
0.00175 0.00172
M n2
M
n2
= As f y ( d d ) As =
f y ( d d )
1422
k-in
As =
( 50 ksi )(18.5 in. 2.5 in.)
= 1.78 in
As = As1 + As
= 2.61 in 2 + 1.78 in 2
= 4.39 in
Select the bars so that the areas are greater than the
required compression steel and tension steel.
As = 6 ( 0.79 in 2 ) = 4.74 in 2
As = 3 ( 0.60 in 2 ) = 1.80 in 2
The tension steel 4.74 in2 - 1.80 in2 = 2.94 in2 > 2.61 in2
The compression steel 1.80 in2 > 1.78 in2
As
4.74 in 2
=
=
= 0.0256
bd (10 in.)(18.5 in.)
2
As
1.80 in
=
= 0.00973
=
bd (10 in.)(18.5 in.)
d fy
87000 f y
= 0.01377
87 50
50
ksi
18.5
in.
(
)
0.01587 0.01377
0.85 f cb
2
2
4.74
in
1.80
in
(
) ( 50 ksi )
a = 5.76 in.
5.76 in.
=
= 6.78 in.
c=
1
0.85
a
= 0.00519 0.005
s =
cu =
( 0.003)
6.78 in.
c
= 0.00189 0.00172
M N = As f y As fs d + As fs ( d d )
2
5.76 in.)
(
= ( 4.74 in 1.80 in ) ( 50 ksi ) 18.5 in.
= 3736.1 k - in.
f
50000
y
min =
min = 0.004
3 f c = 3 3000 = 0.00329
f
50000
y
min 0.0159 0.004 OK!
Example Problem
What would have happened if we selected another k
factor (c/d)
c
0.375
d
c
= 0.3 c = 0.3d = 0.3 (18.5 in.) = 5.55 in.
d
Example Problem
Design the beam as a single reinforced beam with
C =T
Example Problem
Use equilibrium to find the As
C =T
0.85 f cba
0.85 f cba = As1 f y As1 =
fy
0.85 ( 3 ksi )(10 in.)( 4.72 in.)
As1 =
( 50 ksi )
= 2.41 in
Example Problem
Calculate the Mn for a singly reinforce beam:
a
M n1 = As1 f y d
2
4.72 in.
= 1941.6 k-in.
2
Example Problem
Calculate the residual Mn needed to find the As for
the beam:
MU
M n1
M n2 =
12 in.
265 k-ft
ft
=
1941.6 k-in.
0.9
= 1558.4 k-in.
Example Problem
Check to see if the compression steel has yielded
c
d
5.55
in.
2.5
in.
s =
cu =
( 0.003)
5.55 in.
c
= 0.00165
fy
50 ksi
y =
=
= 0.00172
E s 29000 ksi
0.00165 0.00172
Example Problem
Compute the strength of the compression steel:
fs = Es s
Example Problem
Compute the As for the compression steel.
M n2
= As fs( d d ) As =
As =
M n2
fs( d d )
1558.4 k-in
( 47.8 ksi )(18.5 in. 2.5 in.)
= 2.04 in 2
Example Problem
Determine the total steel for the tension zone.
As = As + As
= 2.41 in + 2.04 in
2
= 4.45 in 2
Select the bars so that the areas are greater than the
required compression steel and tension steel.
The tension steel 4.74 in2 2.37 in2 = 2.37 in2 > 2.41 in2
This scheme will not work!
The tension steel 4.74 in2 2.08 in2 = 2.66 in2 > 2.41 in2
The compression steel 2.08 in2 > 2.04 in2
d fy
87000 f y
0.85 ( 0.85 ( 3 ksi ) ) ( 2.5 in.) 87
= 0.01377
87 50
50
ksi
18.5
in.
(
)
0.85 f cb
2
2
4.74
in
2.08
in
(
) ( 50 ksi )
a = 5.22 in.
a 5.22 in.
c=
=
= 6.14 in.
0.85
1
c 6.14 in.
k= =
= 0.332 0.375
d 18.5 in.
The tension steel will be in the tension
controlled zone.
= 0.00604 0.005
s =
cu =
( 0.003)
6.14 in.
c
= 0.001779 0.00172
M N = As f y As fs d + As fs ( d d )
2
5.22 in.)
(
= ( 4.74 in 2.08 in ) ( 50 ksi ) 18.5 in.
= 3777.4 k - in.
Ru = 0.85 f c k 1
2
Mu
bd =
2
Ru
c = kd
Astotal
0.85 f c b1c
=
fy
As =
Astotal
percentage
1 +
of Anet
As(total)
y =
fy
y.
Es
( c d )
s =
cu
c
cu
c
A E
(
c +
2
s cu
As f y
0.85 f cb1
) c A E
s
s cu
0.85 f cb 1
=0
a = 1c
c d
fs = Es
cu
c
M n = As f y As fs d
2
+ As fs ( d d )
allowable limits.
Example Problem
Doubly reinforced beam with known dimensions,
fc = 6000 psi & fy = 60 ksi.
Max + Mu = 435.0 k-ft
Use a double layer at the bottom of the beam
Example Problem
Select a k factor (c/d), which will cause the tension
steel to yield.
c
0.375
f c 4000
1 = 0.85 0.05
1000
6000 4000
= 0.85 0.05
= 0.75
1000
Example Problem
Compute Ru
Ru = 0.85 f c k 1
2
0.2625
= 0.85 ( 6 ksi )( 0.2625 ) 1
= 1.163 ksi
Example Problem
Compute bd2
Mu
Ru bd =
2
Mu
bd =
2
Ru
12 in.
435 k-ft ft.
2
3
0.9
bd =
= 4989 in
1.163 ksi
Example Problem
Assume that b =0.6d
3
4989
in
2
3
bd = 4989 in d = 3
= 20.256 in.
0.6
b = 0.6 ( 20.256 in.) = 12.154 in.
Example Problem
Calculate the Atotal for a singly reinforced beam:
0.85 f cb 1c
=
fy
0.85 ( 6 ksi )(12 in.)( 0.75 )( 7.175 in.)
=
( 60 ksi )
= 5.48 in 2
Example Problem
Assume As=0.45Anet
Atotal
As =
(1 + % Anet )
2
5.48 in
2
=
= 1.70 in
(1 + 0.45)
Anet = 5.48 in 1.70 in = 3.78 in
2
Example Problem
Select the steel to meet the requirements. Chose 4#9
and 2#8 bars for the tension steel and 3#7 in
compression steel.
Atotal = 4 (1.00 in 2 ) + 2 ( 0.79 in 2 ) = 5.58 in 2
2
2
As = 3 ( 0.60 in ) = 1.8 in
Anet = Atotal As
= 5.58 in 2 1.8 in 2 = 3.78 in 2
As
1.80 in 2
=
=
= 0.00732
bd (12 in.)( 20.5 in.)
d fy
87000 f y
0.75 ( 0.85 ( 6 ksi ) ) ( 2.5 in.) 87
= 0.02505
87 60
60
ksi
20.5
in.
(
)
Example Problem
Compute c for the new beam and assume compression
steel has yielded
a=
( Atotal As ) f y
0.85 f cb
3.78 in ) ( 60 ksi )
(
=
2
3.71 in.
= 3.71 in. c =
=
= 4.94 in.
1
0.75
a
Example Problem
Check to see if the compression steel has yielded
c
d
4.94
in.
2.5
in.
s =
cu =
( 0.003)
4.94 in.
c
= 0.00148
fy
60 ksi
y =
=
= 0.00207
E s 29000 ksi
Compression steel has
0.00148 0.00207
not yielded!
Example Problem
Compute the actual c value
A E
(
0=c +
2
s cu
As f y
0.85 f cb1
) c A E
s cu
0.85 f cb 1
0 = c2 +
2
1.8
in
(
) (87 ksi )( 2.5 in.)
0 = c 2 3.8824c 8.5294
Example Problem
Compute the actual c value
b b 2 4ac
c=
2a
=
3.8824
c = 5.448 in.
( 3.8824 )
2
4 ( 8.5294 )
Example Problem
Compute a and fs
c 5.448 in.
=
= 0.2724 0.375
d 20.5 in.
a = 1c = 0.75 ( 5.448 in.) = 4.086 in.
c d
fs = Es
cu
c
5.448 in. 2.5 in.
= 29000 ksi
( 0.003)
5.448 in.
= 47.08 ksi
M N = As f y As fs d + As fs ( d d )
2
4.09 in.)
(
= ( 5.58 in ( 60 ksi ) 1.80 in ( 47.08 ksi ) ) 20.5 in.
= 6140.7 k - in.
min =
min = 0.00387
3 f c = 3 6000 = 0.00387
fy
60000
Lecture Goals
Resistance Factors and Loads
Design of Singly Reinforced Rectangular
Beam
Design:
Mn Mu
factored load
effect
Mn Mu
U
U
U
U
U
= 0.90
= 0.70
= 0.65
= 0.75
= 0.65
l (ft)
3t
Max. space = smaller of
18 in.
Mn = C d
2
a
a 1 a
a
c
1
2
= 0.85 f cbd k 1 k where, k = = 1
d
2
d
1 2
= 0.85 f c k 1 k bd
{
2
1 4 44 2 4 4 43 size
Ru
k = 1 = 0.85 ( 0.275 )
d
= 0.23375
k
Ru = 0.85 f c k 1
2
0.23375
= 0.85 ( 3 ksi )( 0.23375 ) 1
= 0.5264 ksi
MU
MN
2
=
bd =
Ru
Ru
12 in
225 k-ft ft
0.9
3
=
= 5699 in
0.5264 ksi
As = 4 (1.0 in
) = 4.00 in
Compute
As
4.00 in 2
=
=
bd (12.0 in )( 22.5 in )
= 0.014815
min
200
200
=
= 0.005
f
40000
y
=
min = 0.005
3 f c = 3 3000 = 0.00411
fy
40000
db
h = d + + cover + dstirrup
2
1.128 in.)
(
= 22.5 in. +
+ [1.5 in. + 0.375 in.]
2
= 24.94 in
Use h = 25 in.
a=
As f y
0.85f cb
2
4.0
in
(
) ( 40 ksi )
= 5.23 in.
Find c
5.23 in.
c=
=
0.85
1
= 6.15 in.
d c
22.5 in. 6.15 in.
t =
cu =
( 0.003)
6.15 in.
c
= 0.00797 0.005
c 6.15 in.
=
= 0.2733
d 22.5 in.
Therefore, is 0.9
M N = As f y d
2
5.23 in.
= 3186.6 k-in
Calculate Mu
2
MU = MN
2863.4 2700
*100% = 6.05%
2700
Over-designed the beam by 6%
c
6.15 in.
=
= 0.2733
d ( 22.5 in.)
Homework
Problem 5.4, 5.5
Lecture Goals
Slab design reinforcement
Bar Development
Hook development
Flexural Reinforcement in
Slabs
For a 1 ft strip of slab is designed like a beam
As (reqd) is in units of (in2/ft)
12 in
As / ft = Ab
Flexural Reinforcement in
Slabs
The minimum spacing of the bars is given as:
Smax
3t ( slab thickness )
= smaller of
18 in.
12 ( 36 )
540
s=
2.5cc
fs
fs
60
= 0.0018 * * (12")* t
f
y
0.0014 * (12 ")* t
f y = 40 or 50 ksi
f y = 60 ksi
f y 60 ksi
S max
5t
= smaller of
18"
S max
3t
= smaller of
18"
F = 0 T Bond Force = 0
d b2
4
ld =
f y d b lb = 0
f y db
4
= bond stress
(coefficient of
friction) k
fc
k = f (bar )
Reinforcement Development
Lengths
Development Length, ld
( ld used since bond
stresses, , vary along a
bar in a tension zone)
fc 10000 psi for Ch. 12 provisions for development length in ACI Codes.
f y
ld
=
d b 25 f c
f y
ld
=
d b 20 f c
38
47.5
fc 10000 psi for Ch. 12 provisions for development length in ACI Codes.
ld 3 f y
=
d b 50 f c
57
fc = 4 ksi fy = 60 ksi , ,, = 1.0
ld 3 f y
=
d b 40 f c
71
ACI 12.2.3
ld
3 fy
=
d b 40 f c c + K ct
db
c + K ct
where,
db
< 2.5
1.3
1.0
1.5
1.2
Uncoated reinforcement
1.0
0.8
1.0
1.3
1.0
1.0
K tr =
Atr f yt
1500 * s * n
fyt =
Reduction =
Mu
M n (req'd )
M n (provided )
M n (provided )
ldbc
0.02 d b f y
= larger of
fc
0.0003 d b f y
Example - Development
For the cross section of a simply
supported beam reinforced with
4 #8 bars that are confined with
#3 stirrup spaced at 6 in.
Determine the development
length of the bars if the beam is
made of normal weight concrete
fc = 3 ksi and fy= 60 ksi
Example - Development
Check if conditions for spacing and concrete
cover are met:
For #8 bars, db = 1.0 in.
Clear cover = 2.5 in - 0.5 in.= 2.0 in. > db
Clear spacing
between bars
b 2*cover ( n 1) d b
=
spaces
12 in. 2 ( 2.5 in.) 3 (1.0 in.)
=
3
= 1.33in. d b
Example - Development
Bars are confined with #3 stirrups. The conditions are
met.
ld f y
=
d b 20 f c
Example - Development
ld (1.0 )(1.0 )(1.0 ) 60000
=
= 54.8
db
20 3000
So ld = 54.8(1.0 in.) = 54.8 in.
more general formula Ktr = 0.0
ld 3 f y
=
d b 40 f c c + K tr
db
Example - Development
= = = = 1.0. Also
c = smaller of distance from center of bar to the nearest
concrete surface c1 or one-half the center-to-center
of bars spacing c2
b 2*cover
c2 = 0.5
spaces
c1 = 2.5 in.
12 in. 5 in.
= 0.5
= 1.17 in.
3
Example - Development
c + K tr
If
< 1.5 use 1.5. 1.17/1.0 = 1.17
db
ld 3 60000 1.0
=
= 54.8
d b 40 3000 (1.5 )
So ld = 55 in.
1.5
Example - Development
If the same beam is made of light
weight aggregate concrete and
the bars are epoxy coated and As
required for analysis is 2.79 in2
Example - Development
The conditions are met.
ld Rs f y
=
db
20 f c
Example - Development
Check that =1.0(1.5) = 1.5 < 1.7
96 in.
Lecture Goals
Critical Sections
Hook Development
Bar Cutoff
ld f y
=
d b 20 f c
f y
ld
=
d b 20 f c
1.128 in.
cover = 2.5 in.
= 1.94 in. d b
2
12 in. 5 in.
1.128 in.
Clear space =
2
= 2.37 in. 2d b
ld f y (1.3) 40000
=
=
= 47.5
d b 20 f c
20 3000
ld = 47.5 (1.128 in.) = 53.5 in.
0.2 f y
ld 0.2 f y
=
ld =
db
db
fc
fc
ld =
0.2 ( 40000 )
3000
= 14.6 in.
(1.0 in.)
Minimum ld = 0.003d b f y
= 0.003 ( 40000 )(1.0 in.) = 12 in.
It can not be less than 8 in. The length 15 in.
controls. For #8 bars db =1 in. ld provided is 15 in.
which is greater than that required.
ld f y
=
d b 20 f c
40000
=
= 36.5
20 3000
ld = 36.5 (1.0 in.) = 36.5 in.
Mechanical Anchorage
ACI (12.6)
ACI (12.7)
Bundled Bars
ACI (12.4)
lhd 1200
=
db
fc
Multiplier
fy /60,000
0.7
Multiplier
0.7
Multiplier
Excessive Reinforcement
Where anchorage or development
for fy is not specified required.
As(reqd) /
As(provided)
1.3
Multiplier
0.8
Epoxy-coated Reinforcement
Hooked bars with epoxy coating
Multiplier
1.2
Standard Hooks
A hook is used at the end of a
bar when its straight
embedment length is less
than the necessary length, ld.
The minimum diameter of
bend, measured on the inside
of the main bar of a standard
hook D is
Standard Hooks
The stress distribution for a 90o hook under a force
P is shown.
Standard Hooks
The basic development length lhb must be multiplied
one of the following factors.
1. Yield strength of the steel, fy/60ksi.
2. When #11 bars or smaller are used and the
hook is enclosed vertically or horizontally
within stirrups or ties spaced greater than 3
times the diameter of the hooked bar, the basic
development length is multiplied by 0.8.
Standard Hooks
The basic development length lhb must be multiplied
one of the following factors.
3. When #11 bars or smaller are used and the side
concrete cover, normal to the plane of the hook
is not less than 2.5 in, the basic development
length is multiplied by 0.7. The same factor
applied for a 90o hook when the concrete cover
on bar extension beyond the hook is not less
than 2 in.
Standard Hooks
The basic development length lhb must be multiplied
one of the following factors.
4. When a bar anchorage is not required, the
basic development length for reinforcement in
excess of that required is multiplied by the
ratio.
As( required )
As( provided )
Standard Hooks
The basic development length lhb must be multiplied
one of the following factors.
5. For lightweight aggregate concrete a modified
factor of 1.3 must be used.
6. When standard hooks with less than a 2.5 in.
concrete cover on the side and top or bottom
are used at a discontinuous end of a member,
the hooks shall be enclosed by ties or stirrups
spaced at no greater than 3db. Moreover, the
factor 0.8 given in 2 shall not be used.
Example- Hook
Compute the development length required for the top #8
bar of the cantilever beam that extend into the column
support if the bars are
a) Straight.
b) Have a 90o hook
c) Have a 180o hook
The bars are confined by #3 stirrups spaced at 6 in.,
and clear cover = 1.5 in., and clear spacing = 2.0 in.
and fc =4 ksi and fy =60 ksi
ld f y
=
d b 20 f c
1.3) 60000
(
=
= 61.7
20 4000
ld = 61.7 (1.0 in.) = 61.7 in.
Example- 90
o Hook
Bar with 90o hook: For #8 bar db =1.0 in., the basic
equation is
f c = 3000 psi
f y = 60000 psi
( # bar 1)
16 in. 4 (1.0 in.) 2 [ 0.375 in. + 1.5 in.]
=
= 2.75 in.
3
f y
ld
=
d b 20 f c
= 1.3
Uncoated bar so the
coating factor is:
= 1.0
= 1.0
The development length of the bar
3 fy
ld
=
d b 40 f c c + K tr
db
db
1.0 in.
c = cover + dstirrup +
= 1.5 in. + 0.375 in. +
2
2
= 2.375 in.
Center to center
K tr =
Atr f yt
1500*s
Atr = 4 (1.56 in
) = 6.24 in
K tr =
Atr f yt
1500*n*s
6.24 )( 60000 )
(
K tr =
=
= 3.00
1500*n*s 1500 ( 4 )( 20.75 )
Atr f yt
The coefficient
c + K tr 1.875 + 3.00
=
= 4.88
db
1.0 in.
4.88 > 2.5 Use 2.5
3 fy
3 ( 60000 ) 1.3 (1.0 )(1.0 )(1.0 )
ld
=
=
2.5
d b 40 f c c + K tr 40 3000
db
= 42.7 ld = 42.7d b = 42.7 (1.0 in.) = 42.7 in.
ACI 12.2.3 gives a significantly small ld = 42.7 in. verses
71.2 in, however ld 42.7 in. > 24 in. (width of column)
Side coverage.
Cost!
Simplify design
& Construction
Determining Locations of
Flexural Cutoffs
Given a simply
supported beam with a
distributed load.
Determining Locations of
Flexural Cutoffs
Note:
Total bar length =
Fully effective length
+ Development length
Determining Locations of
Flexural Cutoffs
ACI 12.10.3
All longitudinal tension bars
must extend a min. distance
= d (effective depth of the
member) or 12 db (usually
larger) past the theoretical
cutoff for flexure (Handles
uncertainties in loads, design
approximations,etc..)
Lecture Goals
Bar Cut-off Points
Splice
Tension Splice
Compression Splice
Determining Locations of
Flexural Cutoffs
Given a simply
supported beam with a
distributed load.
Determining Locations of
Flexural Cutoffs
Note:
Total bar length =
Fully effective length
+ Development length
Determining Locations of
Flexural Cutoffs
ACI 12.10.3
All longitudinal tension bars
must extend a min. distance
= d (effective depth of the
member) or 12 db (usually
larger) past the theoretical
cutoff for flexure (Handles
uncertainties in loads, design
approximations,etc..)
Determining Locations of
Flexural Cutoffs
Development of flexural
reinforcement in a typical
continuous beam.
ACI 318R-02 - 12.10 for
flexural reinforcement
Rule 2.
Mn
ld
+ la
Vu
M n = As f y d
2
where, a =
As f y
0.85 f cb
M nb
= Abs f y d
2
2000
1500
1000
500
0
0
10
ft
12
14
16
18
20
M nb = Asb f y d
2
a=
M nb
M ub
As f y
0.85 f cb
3.16 in ) ( 50 ksi )
(
=
= 5.2 in.
2
5.2 in.
2500
1860 k-in
k-in
2000
1240 k-in
1500
1000
620 k-in
500
0
0
10
ft
12
14
16
18
20
2500
1860 k-in
k-in
2000
1500
1240 k-in
1000
620 k-in
500
0
0
10
ft
12
14
16
b
18
20
ld =
f y d b
20 f c
Moment Resistance
Diagrams
The ultimate moment
resistance is 2480 k-in.
The moment diagram
is drawn to scale on
the basis A bar can be
terminated at a, two
bars at b and three bars
at c. These are the
theoretical termination
of the bars.
Example Cutoff
For the simply
supported beam with
b=10 in. d =17.5 in.,
fy=40 ksi and fc=3 ksi
with 4 #8 bars. Show
where the reinforcing
bars can be terminated.
Example Cutoff
Determine the moment capacity of the bars.
a=
M nb
As f y
0.85 f cb
2
3.16
in
(
) ( 40 ksi )
= 4.93 in.
4.93 in.
Example Cutoff
Determine the location of the bar intersections of
moments.
M ( x ) = M 0 mx
Example Cutoff
Determine the location of the bar intersections of
moments.
Example Cutoff
Determine the location of the bar intersections of
moments.
Example Cutoff
The minimum distance is
la = 12d b or d
ld =
f y d b
20 f c
Example Cutoff
The minimum amount of bars are As/3 or two bars
Example Cutoff
The cutoff for the first bar is 41 in. or 3 ft 5 in. and 18 in
or 1 ft 6 in. total distance is 41 in.+18 in. = 59 in. or 4 ft
11 in.
Example Cutoff
The cutoff for the second bar is 83 in. + 18 in. 101 in. or
8 ft 5 in. (37-in+5-in+18-in+41-in= 101-in.)
Example Cutoff
The moment diagram is the blue line and the red line is
the envelope which encloses the moment diagram.
Bar Splices
Why do we need bar splices? -- for long spans
Types of Splices
1.
Butted &Welded
2.
Mechanical Connectors
3.
Lay Splices
Contact Splice
2.
Types of Splices
Class A Splice
(ACI
12.15.2)
As (provided )
When
2 over entire splice
As (req'd )
length.
and 1/2 or less of total reinforcement is
spliced win the reqd lay length.
Types of Splices
Class B Splice
(ACI 12.15.2)
where As (reqd)
ld
Lap Splices shall not be used for bars larger than No. 11.
(ACI 12.14.2)
Lap Splices should be placed in away from regions of
high tensile stresses -locate near points of inflection
(ACI 12.15.1)
12 in.
3 fy
ld
=
d b 40 f c c + K tr
db
3 ( 60000 )
1.0
=
= 42.4 43 in.
40 5000 1.5 in. + 0
1.0 in.
ld 0.02 f y
=
0.003 f y
db
fc
=
0.02 ( 60000 )
= 16.97 or 18
5000
ld = 18 (1.27 in.) = 22.86 in. ld = 23 in.
Check ls > 0.005 db fy = 38.1 in. So ls = 39 in.
Lecture Goals
Class Project
Shear
Shear Design
Class Project
The structural floor plan of a three-story
(ground floor, two suspended floors, and
a roof) office building is shown on the
next page. The roof covers the hole
used for the elevator shaft and stairwells.
The new building will be located in
Houston, Texas. The floor systems
consist of one-way pan joists slabs
supported in one direction by beams
located on column lines A through F. In
addition, beams are located on column
lines 1 and 4 as part of the lateral force
resisting system.
A
1
0.75L
B
0.75L
2
C
2
Hole for
Elevator
shafts and
stairwells
D
2
0.75L
0.75L
0.75L
F
L
0.85L
Plan
View
Class Project
The design loads for the floor (in
addition to the self-weight) include a
superimposed dead load (SDL) of 20 psf
to account for moveable partitions,
ceiling panels, etc. and a superimposed
live load (LL) to be determined from
ASCE 7-95. In addition, a 0.5 kip/ft.
wall load is applied around the building
perimeter. The design loads for the roof
(in addition to the self-weight) include a
superimposed dead load (SDL) of 10
psf.
A
1
0.75L
B
0.75L
2
C
2
Hole for
Elevator
shafts and
stairwells
D
2
0.75L
0.75L
0.75L
F
L
0.85L
Plan
View
Class Project
Overview of Required Design:
A
Design the footing for the column on column lines E and 2 (1 part).
Class Project
3
A
1
0.75L
B
0.75L
2
C
2
Hole for
Elevator shafts
and stairwells
0.75L
D
2
0.75L
E
0.75L
F
L
0.85L
Plan
View
Class Project
The Joist detail for section 1-1
Class
Project
Team Performance
It is expected that all assignments related to the project will be done in teams.
Each assignment must contain computations that are initialed by the
calculators (or originators) and initialed by the checker(s). Members of the
team will rotate between calculation and checking tasks. It is recommended
that two persons calculate for each assignment (i.e., In a four-person team,
two persons should provide calculation services on odd numbered
assignments and checking services on even number assignments. In a threeperson team, each person should rotate so that they are checking every third
assignment.) Those not performing calculations are responsible for
checking them and must be afforded ample time to thoroughly check the
calculations.
If revisions are necessary, those performing the
calculations must make the corrections. Each sheet must be initialed by
the originator and checker. A cover sheet with the signature of each team
member must be included with each assignment. Assignments that are not
signed or initialed by all team members will not be accepted.
Class Project
Peer Evaluation
Peer evaluation is a common practice in the engineering community. Critical
evaluation is a necessary component of improving the engineering
profession. It is generally believed that honors and awards granted by peers
are the highest possible honors. After all, it is our peers who know best what
is required to do an adequate, good, or outstanding job. Your individual
project grade will depend on an evaluation by your peers at the end of the
semester. The evaluation form will have a format similar to the one provided
on the back of this sheet. Evaluation forms will also be collected during the
middle of the semester for an unofficial assessment of group performance.
Class Project
VQ
=
Ib
The shear stress
acting on the
rectangular beam.
bh
I=
Moment of Inertia
VQ
12
=
2
bh h bh
Ib
Q max = * =
8
2 4
Note: The maximum
3 V
1st moment occurs at max = * = 1.5 ave
2
bh
VQ
=
Ib
affect inclined
cracking load
As
w =
bw d
(restrains cracks)
a
d
(M/(Vd))
Shear is resisted by
vcz, vay, vd and vs
Vs increases as cracks
widen until yielding of
stirrups then stirrups
provide constant
resistance.
Vn Vu
capacity demand
Vu = factored shear force at section
Vn = Nominal Shear Strength
Vn = Vc + Vs
=
Vc =
Vs =
Vc = 2 f c bw d
Eqn [11.3]
3.5 f c bw d
More detailed
Note:
V d
u 1
Mu
Vc
V d
u
b
d
= 1.9 f c + 2500 w
w
M u
Eqn [11.5]
3.5 f c bw d
Vc
Nu is positive for
compression and
Nu/Ag are in psi.
Nu
= 2 1 +
f c bw d
2000 A
g Eqn [11.4]
3.5 f c bw d 1 +
Nu
500 Ag
Eqn [11.7]
Vs =
Av f y d (sin + cos )
s
= 90 Vs =
o
Av f y d
s
Vs =
Av f y d (sin + cos )
s
ACI 11-5.6
= 45 Vs =
o
1.41Av f y d
s
1
Vu Vc
If no, done.
2
Vc Vu Vc Provide minimum
shear reinforcement
2
bw s
Av (min ) = 50
fy
Also:
(Done)
smax
Av f ys
or smax =
for min Av
50bw
d
24"
2
(11.5.4 )
If Vu Vc , calulate Vs (req' d)
Vu Vn = Vc + Vs
Vs = Vu Vc Vs =
Vu
Vc
Check:
Vs 8 f c bw d
(otherwise, illegal)
(11.5.4 )
Av f ys d
Vs
from 11-15
smax =
Av f ys
50bw
d
If Vs 4 f c bw d smax 24"
2
d
If Vs 4 f c bw d smax 12"
4
Note : If Vs 8 f c bw d (illegal)
Compression fan
carries load directly
into support.
Lecture Goals
Shear beam example for a beam
Shear design for slab
Slab design example
fc
fy
wsdl
wll
fys
wb
= 4000 psi
= 60 ksi
= 1.2 k/ft
= 1.8 k/ft
= 40 ksi
= 0.5 k/ft
Vu ( max )
wu ln
=
2
Vu ( max )
wu ln
=
2
where,
wu = 1.2wD + 1.6wL
Vu ( max )
4.92 k/ft )( 35 ft )
(
=
2
= 86.1 k
Note: Multiply by 1.15 for end moments @ face of
1st internal support when using ACI shear
coefficient 1.15 Vumax (section 8.3)
Vn =
Vu
86.1 k
=
= 114.8 k
0.75
How do you get maximum shear the center?
Vdl =0 @ center
Vu ( max )
Vn =
Vu ( max )
12.6 k
=
= 16.8 k
0.75
Vn ( x ) = mx + V0
Vcenter V0
m=
L
0
2
16.8 k 114.8 k
m=
= 5.6 k/ft
17.5 ft 0
V0 = 114.8 k
Vn ( x ) = 5.6 x + 114.8
Vc = 2 f c bw d
1 kip
= 2 4000 (15 in.)( 26.2 in.)
1000
= 49.7 k
Vc 49.7 k
=
= 24.9 k
2
2
114.8 k > 0.5*Vc
#3 :
#4:
Av = 2 ( 0.11 in
Av
) = 0.22 in
= 2 ( 0.20 in ) = 0.40 in
2
Av f y
50bw
.=
2
0.22
in
(
) ( 40000 psi )
50 (15 in )
50 (15 in )
for #4
smax
26.2 in )
(
d
=
= 13.1 in.
2
2
24 in.
Vs 4 f c bw d
1 kip
4 4000 (15 in.)( 26.2 in.)
1000
99.4 k
Vs + Vc = Vn Vn Vc 4 f c bw d
65.1 k 99.4 k
Reinforcements can be used for shear
reinforcement. The beam does not need to be
redesigned.
Av f ys d
Vs
Av f ys d
(Vn Vc )
d
Vs = Av f ys
s
1 ft
Vn ( x ) = 5.6 k/ft 26.2 in.
+ 114.8 k
12 in.
= 102.6 k
120
102.6 k
100
80
60
Vc
40
Vc / 2
20
16.8 k
V req
0
0
10
Distance (ft)
15
20
Bars
#4
#4
#4
#3
number
1
8
6
8
A
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.11
spacing (in)
4
7
9
12
Av f ys d
Vs
s 7.92 in.
(102.6 k 49.7 k )
26.2 in )
(
d
2
Vs = Av f ys = ( 0.4 in ) ( 40 ksi )
s
7 in.
Vs = 59.9 k
Vn = Vs + Vc = 59.9 k + 49.7 k = 109.6 k
102.6 k 109.6 k
Av f ys d
Vs
(86.8 k 49.7 k )
s 11.3 in.
Use s = 9 in., which is find for #4 bar. Trying to fit
the reinforcement inside the beam.
26.2 in )
(
d
2
Vs = Av f ys = ( 0.4 in ) ( 40 ksi )
s
9 in.
Vs = 46.6 k
Vn = Vs + Vc = 46.6 k + 49.7 k = 96.3 k
86.8 k 96.3 k
Av f ys d
Vs
( 61.6 k 49.7 k )
s 19.4 in.
Use s = 12 in., because the smax is 13.1 in.
26.2 in )
(
d
2
Vs = Av f ys = ( 0.22 in ) ( 40 ksi )
s
12 in.
Vs = 19.2 k
Vn = Vs + Vc = 19.2 k + 49.7 k = 68.9 k
61.6 k 68.9 k
120
6 #4 @ 9 in. V n = 96.3 k
100
80
8 #3 @ 12 in. V n = 68.9 k
Vs + Vc
60
Vc
40
Vc / 2
20
V req
0
0
10
Distance (ft)
15
20
120
6 #4 @ 9 in. V n = 96.3 k
100
80
8 #4 @ 12 in. V n = 84.6 k
Vs + Vc
60
Vc
40
Vc / 2
20
V req
0
0
10
Distance (ft)
15
20
As (provided )
As (required )
3
3
and Vu @ cutoff * Vn = * (Vc + Vs )
4
4
Increase shear strength is required
when bars are cutoff in a tension zone.
Joist Design
Refer to earlier notes for general information on
joist layout. ACI Sec. 8.11
Joist construction
requirements
(1) Flat slab reinforcement is calculated for
bending or minimum reinforcement for
shrinkage and temperature.
(ACI Sec 7.12.2 ) GR 40 or GR 50 0.0020 Ag
GR 60
0.0018 Ag
Joist Design
(2) Shear Design of Joist Ribs (Joist - Section 8.11)
(a) Allowable Vc = 1.10*Vc
Vc = (1.1) 2 f c
bw d = 2.2 f c bw d
Joist Design
(3) ACI shear and moment coefficients may be used
if requirements in ACI Sec 8.3.3 are met.
Joist Design
(5) Tie beams.
(a) one, if L is 15 ft. - 20 ft.
(b) two, if L is 20 ft. - 30 ft.
At least 1- #4 T-B (continuous)
(6) Cover
Not exposed to
weather
3/4 in.
1 1/2 in.
(normal weight
concrete fy = 60 ksi
see code for
modification factors)
1 hour
2 hours
3 hours
= 1.5 in.
#6 and larger
= 2.0 in.
= 0.75 in.
Usual use
Vc = 2 f c bw d
12 ft.
Minimum thickness
of interior bay:
12 in.
12 ft
L
1 ft.
h=
=
= 5.14 in.
28
28
db
d = h coverage
2
0.5 in.
= 6 in. 0.75 in.
= 5.0 in.
2
Dead weight
DL = h + DLsl
1 ft
3
2
= 6 in.
(150 lb/ft ) + 60 lb/ft
12 in.
= 135 lb/ft 2
U = 1.2 DL + 1.6 LL
= 1.2 (135 lb/ft 2 ) + 1.6 (120 lb/ft 2 )
= 354 lb/ft 0.354 k/ft
2
( 0.85 )( 0.2 )
= 0.85 ( 3 ksi )( 0.85 )( 0.2 ) 1
= 0.397 ksi
2
Mu
ft
2
0.9
bd =
=
Ru
0.397 ksi
= 143.9 in 3 / ft
wu l
Vu = Cv
= 1.15
2
= 2.24 k/ft
(
= 0.75 ( 2
Vu = 0.75 2 f c bw d
Assume
M u = As f y d
2
a
d 0.925d = 0.925 ( 5 in.) = 4.625 in.
2
ln
11 ft.
11 ft.
11 ft.
11 ft.
11 ft.
M coe f
1/24
1/14
1/10
1/11
1/16
Mu
1.78 k-ft
3.06 k-ft
4.28 k-ft
3.89 k-ft
2.68 k-ft
Am in
0.144 in2
0.144 in2
0.144 in2
0.144 in2
0.144 in2
As
0.128 in2
0.221 in2
0.309 in2
0.280 in2
0.193 in2
= 1.78 k-ft
Mu
Mu
As =
a f y ( 0.925d )
fy d
2
12 in.
1.78 k-ft
ft
=
= 0.129 in 2
0.9 ( 40 ksi )( 4.625 in.)
2
2
12 in.
1.78 k-ft
ft
As =
0.9 ( 40 ksi )( 4.92 in.)
= 0.121 in 2
3h = 3 ( 6 in.) = 18 in.
maximum spacing
Ab
12 in.
Ab
= Areq s = 12 in.
s
Areq
0.2 in
s = 12 in.
= 16.67 in.
2
0.144 in
2
As( provided )
12 in.
= Ab
s
2 12 in.
= ( 0.2 in )
15 in.
2
= 0.16 in
16.67 in
10.68 in
7.77 in
8.57 in
12.43 in
s chos e n
15 in.
9 in.
6 in.
6 in.
9 in.
Aprovide d
0.16 in2
0.267 in2
0.4 in2
0.4 in2
0.267 in2
As (re q)
0.144 in2
0.221 in2
0.309 in2
0.280 in2
0.193 in2
Lecture 18 Design
July 18, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Slab design example
Total beam design
12 ft.
Minimum thickness
of interior bay:
12 in.
12 ft
L
1 ft.
h=
=
= 5.14 in.
28
28
db
d = h coverage
2
0.5 in.
= 6 in. 0.75 in.
= 5.0 in.
2
Dead weight
DL = h + DLsl
1 ft
3
2
= 6 in.
(150 lb/ft ) + 60 lb/ft
12 in.
= 135 lb/ft 2
U = 1.2 DL + 1.6 LL
= 1.2 (135 lb/ft 2 ) + 1.6 (120 lb/ft 2 )
= 354 lb/ft 0.354 k/ft
2
( 0.85 )( 0.2 )
= 0.85 ( 3 ksi )( 0.85 )( 0.2 ) 1
= 0.397 ksi
2
Mu
ft
2
0.9
bd =
=
Ru
0.397 ksi
= 143.9 in 3 / ft
wu l
Vu = Cv
= 1.15
2
= 2.24 k/ft
(
= 0.75 ( 2
Vu = 0.75 2 f c bw d
Assume
M u = As f y d
2
a
d 0.925d = 0.925 ( 5 in.) = 4.625 in.
2
ln
11 ft.
11 ft.
11 ft.
11 ft.
11 ft.
M coe f
1/24
1/14
1/10
1/11
1/16
Mu
1.78 k-ft
3.06 k-ft
4.28 k-ft
3.89 k-ft
2.68 k-ft
Am in
0.144 in2
0.144 in2
0.144 in2
0.144 in2
0.144 in2
As
0.128 in2
0.221 in2
0.309 in2
0.280 in2
0.193 in2
= 1.78 k-ft
Mu
Mu
As =
a f y ( 0.925d )
fy d
2
12 in.
1.78 k-ft
ft
=
= 0.129 in 2
0.9 ( 40 ksi )( 4.625 in.)
2
2
12 in.
1.78 k-ft
ft
As =
0.9 ( 40 ksi )( 4.92 in.)
= 0.121 in 2
3h = 3 ( 6 in.) = 18 in.
maximum spacing
Ab
12 in.
Ab
= Areq s = 12 in.
s
Areq
0.2 in
s = 12 in.
= 16.67 in.
2
0.144 in
2
As( provided )
12 in.
= Ab
s
2 12 in.
= ( 0.2 in )
15 in.
2
= 0.16 in
16.67 in
10.68 in
7.77 in
8.57 in
12.43 in
s chos e n
15 in.
9 in.
6 in.
6 in.
9 in.
Aprovide d
0.16 in2
0.267 in2
0.4 in2
0.4 in2
0.267 in2
As (re q)
0.144 in2
0.221 in2
0.309 in2
0.280 in2
0.193 in2
Example - Design
Determine the
lengths of top and
bottom bars for
the external span
of the continuous
beam. Concrete is normal weight and bars are Grade 60.
Total uniformly distribution factored gravity load on
beam is wu = 6.0 k/ft (including weight of beam). The
beam has fc = 4 ksi, fy= 60 ksi, b =16 in., h =22 in., and
concrete cover =1.5 in.
Example - Design
Preliminary design for the moment and shear
reinforcement. From (ACI 8.3.3)
M u = CM wl
2
n
wln
and Vu = CV
2
Example - Design
Interior face of
1 2
2
exterior support M u = 16 wln = ( 6 k/ft )( 25 ft ) /16 = 234.4 k-ft
End span positive M u = 1 wln2 = ( 6 k/ft )( 25 ft )2 /14 = 267.9 k-ft
14
Exterior face of
1 2
2
first interior
M u = wln = ( 6 k/ft )( 25 ft ) /10 = 375 k-ft
10
support
Exterior face of Vu = 1.15 wln = 1.15 ( 6 k/ft )( 25 ft ) / 2 = 86.3 kips
2
first interior
support
Example - Design
Determine required flexural reinforcement using
procedure for beams. With 1.5 in. cover, #4 stirrup
and #9 or 10 flexural bar, d = 19.5 in.
M
2 u
k 2
2
M u = 0.85 f c k 1 bd k 2k +
=0
2
0.85 f cbd
2
234.4 k-ft 12 in
2
0.9
ft
k 2 2 k +
= 0 k = 0.165
2
0.85 ( 4 ksi )(16 in )(19.5 in )
k
0.165
k=
=
= 0.194 Use k = 0.2
1 0.85
Example - Design
Compute required steel and 1= 0.85 for 4 ksi concrete
Example - Design
Use 4 #8 bars As = 3.16 in2
a=
As f y
0.85f cb
2
3.16
in
(
) ( 60 ksi )
= 3.49 in.
M u = As f y d
2
3.49 in.
2
= 0.9 ( 3.16 in ) ( 60 ksi ) 19.5 in.
Example - Design
The over-design of the beam:
252.5 k-ft 234.4 k-ft
*100% = 7.7%
234.4 k-ft
Mu
A s(req)
Bars
A s(prov ided)
Overdesign
0.200
0.225
0.330
234.4 k-ft
267.9 k-ft
375.0 k-ft
3.01 in2
3.38 in2
4.96 in2
4#8
2 #8 & 2 #9
4 # 10
3.16 in2
3.58 in2
5.08 in2
7.70%
5.40%
1.80%
Example - Design
The general design
for the flexural steel
is given as:
Example - Design
Determine required shear reinforcement. Find the Vu at
the a distance d from the support.
1 ft
Vu = Vmax wd = 86.3 k ( 6 k/ft ) 19.5 in.
12 in.
= 76.6 k
Vc = 2 f c bd
1k
= 0.75 2 4000 (16 in.)(19.5 in.)
1000 lb
= 29.6 k
Example - Design
The maximum spacing is d/2 = 19.5 in./2 = 9.75 in.
Use a #4 bar Av = 0.4 in2 and spacing 6 in.
2
Vs =
= 0.75
6 in.
s
= 58.5 k
Vn = Vc + Vs = 29.6 k + 58.5 k = 88.1 k > 76.6 k OK!
Example - Design
Distance from support where stirrup not required:
Vc
29.6 k
Vu <
=
= 14.8 k
2
2
Vu = 86.3 k ( 6 k/ft ) x x = 11.9 ft 1/ 2 span
Example - Design
The bar length for bottom reinforcement
Example Design
Shear and moment
diagrams are loading
condition cause maximum
factored positive moment
are shown.
2
x
267.9 k-ft = 234.4 k-ft + Pu x 6 k/ft
2
Pu = 6 k/ft x x = 12.95 ft. and Pu = 77.6 k
Inflection points 3.5 ft and 22.4 ft
Example - Design
The moment of the 2 #8 bars from the 2#8 and 2#9 bars
a=
As f y
0.85f cb
3.58 in ) ( 60 ksi )
(
=
= 3.95 in.
2
3.95 in.
2
M n = 0.9 ( 3.58 in ) ( 60 ksi ) 19.5 in.
2
M n = 0.9 (1.58 in ) ( 60 ksi ) 19.5 in.
Example - Design
The positive moment portion of Mu diagram is
shown, which including the design moment strengths
of Mn for the positive As (2 #8 and 2 #9) and for
2#8 separately; and necessary dimensions. For 2 #8
and 2 #9, Mn =282.3 k-ft; for 2 #8 Mn= 124.6 k-ft
The location of the point is
124.6 k-ft = 234.4 k-ft + 77.6 k x 6 k/ft
x = 6.1 ft. and 19.8 ft.
x
2
Example - Design
The distance to go beyond either d or 12 db
d = 19.5 in. (1.6 ft.) Controls
or = 12 (1.128 in.) = 13.5 in.
Example - Design
The 2 # 8 bars extend full
span length plus 6 in. into
the supports. The 2 #9
bars are cutoff tentatively
at 4.5 ft and 3.5 ft. from
exterior and interior
supports.
Example - Design
Within the development length ld, only 2 #8 bars are
being developed in the length 8.45 ft.
fy
60000
ld =
d=
(1.0 in.) = 47.4 in. or 48 in. 4 ft.
20 f c
20 4000
Example - Design
Check required development length ld for 2 #9 bars.
Note 2 #8 bars are already developed in length 4 ft
from bar end. The clear spacing between bars
(16 in 2 (1.5 in.) 2 ( 0.5 in.) 2 (1.0 in.) 2 (1.128 in.) )
clear space =
60000
ld =
d=
(1.128 in.)
20 f c
20 4000
= 53.5 in. or 54 in. 4.5 ft. < 8.45 ft.
Example - Design
For # 8 bars, check development requirements at
points of inflection PI
Mn
ld
+ la
Vu
The inflection point Mn = 124.6 k-ft/0.9=138.4 k-ft
and Vu = 56.6 k and la = greater of 12db or d = 19.5 in.
12 in.
138.4 k-ft
ft
ld
+ 19.5 in. = 48.9 in.
56.6 k
48 in. 48.9 in.
Example - Design
With tentative cutoff points located in a zone of flexural
tension, one of the three conditions of (ACI 12.10.5)
must be satisfied. At left cutoff point (4.5 ft)
2
2
Vn = ( 88.1 k ) = 58.7 k 50.6 k OK
3
3
Example - Design
Check the other conditions
4.5 ft.
M u = 234.4 k-ft + 77.6 k 4.5 ft. 6 k/ft
2
= 54 k-ft
The required area is
M n = As f y d
2
3.49 in.
As = 0.68 in 2
Example - Design
For 2 No. 8 bars As = 1.58 in2
Example Design
Shear and moment
diagrams are loading
condition cause maximum
factored negative moment
are shown.
25 ft
2
Example - Design
The moment of the two #8 bars from the 4 #8 bars
2
3.16
in
( 60 ksi )
As f y
(
)
a=
=
= 3.49 in.
0.85f cb 0.85 ( 4 ksi )(16 in.)
3.49 in.
2
M n = 0.9 ( 3.16 in ) ( 60 ksi ) 19.5 in.
2
M n = 0.9 (1.58 in ) ( 60 ksi ) 19.5 in.
Example - Design
The moment of the two #10 bars from the 4 #10 bars
2
5.08
in
( 60 ksi )
As f y
(
)
a=
=
= 5.60 in.
0.85f cb 0.85 ( 4 ksi )(16 in.)
5.60 in.
2
M n = 0.9 ( 5.08 in ) ( 60 ksi ) 19.5 in.
2
M n = 0.9 ( 2.54 in ) ( 60 ksi ) 19.5 in.
Example - Design
The negative moment portion of Mu diagram is
shown, which including the design moment strengths
of Mn for the negative As at each support(4 #8) and
for 4#10 separately; and necessary dimensions. For
4#8, Mn =252.5 k-ft; for 2 #8 Mn= 126.3 k-ft and
4#10, Mn =381.7 k-ft; for 2 #10 Mn= 190.9 k-ft
The location of the point is
x
M u = 234.4 k-ft + 69.4 k x 6 k/ft
2
Example - Design
For the #8 bars
x
126.3 k-ft = 234.4 k-ft + 69.4 k x 6 k/ft
2
x = 1.68 ft
Example - Design
The required number of bars to be extended. One
third of As provided at support must be extended
beyond the point of inflection a distance equal to the
greater d, 12 db or ln/16.
d = 19.5 in. (1.6 ft.)
Controls
ft
or =
= 18.75 in.
16
Example - Design
Since the inflection point is located only 4.1 ft from
the support, total length #8 bars will be relatively
short even with the required 1.6 ft extension beyond
the point of inflection. Check required development
length ld for a cut off location 4.1 ft + 1.6 ft 5.75 ft
from face of support.
Example - Design
With 4 #8 bars being developed at same location
(face of support) For a top bar effect =1.3
f y
60000 (1.3)(1)(1)(1)
ld =
1.0 in.)
d =
(
20 f
20 4000
Example - Design
Anchorage into exterior column.
The #8 bars can be anchored into the column with a
standard end hook.
1200
1200
lhd =
1.0 in.) = 19.0 in.
d =
(
f
4000
c
For a 90o hook with side cover 2.5 in. and end
cover 2 in. A modification factor of 0.7 applies
(ACI 12.5.3.2)
Example - Design
Anchorage into exterior column.
Therefore, the required total embedment length ldh
Example - Design
The area relationship
As required
As provided
3.01 in 2
=
= 0.95
2
3.16 in
Example - Design
The required number of bars to be extended for the
4#10 bars. One third of As provided at support must
be extended beyond the point of inflection a distance
equal to the greater d, 12 db or ln/16.
d = 19.5 in. (1.6 ft.)
Controls
ft
or =
= 18.75 in.
16
Example - Design
For #10 bars
16 in
(
clear spacing =
Example - Design
Since the inflection point is located only 6.0 ft from
the support, total length #10 bars will be relatively
short even with the required 1.6 ft extension beyond
the point of inflection. Check required development
length ld for a cut off location 6.0 ft + 1.6 ft 7.6 ft
from face of support.
Example - Design
With 4 #10 bars being developed at same location
(face of support) For a top bar effect =1.3
f y
60000 (1.3)(1)(1)(1)
ld =
1.27 in.)
d =
(
20 f
20 4000
Example - Design
Summary: Selected bar lengths for the top and bottom
reinforcement shown
Example - Design
Supplementary Requirements:
Example - Design
Supplementary Requirements:
Minimum width of support (overall column depth)
required for anchorage of the #8 bar with a standard
hook is a function of the basic development length lhd
and appropriate modification factors.
Example - Design
Supplementary Requirements:
Minimum width of support (overall column depth)
required for anchorage of the #8 bar with a standard
hook is a function of the basic development length lhd
and appropriate modification factors.
Example - Design
Supplementary Requirements:
Lecture Goals
One-way slab design
Joist
Slab
l correction
h *
28 factor
f y 60 ksi
12 in.
10 ft
40
ft
h
* 0.4 +
= 3.43 in. 3.5 in.
28
100
wDL
1 ft
3
= 3.5 in.
(1.0 ft ) *0.15 k/ft = 0.04375 k/ft
12 in.
wu = 1.2wDL + 1.6wLL
db
0.75 in.
d = h cover = 3.5 in. 0.75 in.
2
2
= 2.375 in.
Mu
= Ru bd 2
Ru = 0.85 f c k 1
2
2 ( M u / ) 1c
k = 1 1
=
2
0.85 f cbd
d
k = 1 1
= 0.558
c 0.558
=
= 0.657
d 0.85
Therefore, the slab is in the compression control region.
( 0.255 )
Ru = 0.85 ( 3 ksi )( 0.255 ) 1
= 0.567 ksi
2
Mu
Ru bd =
2
Mu
d =
62.5 k-in.
0.9
=
= 3.19 in.
Ru b
( 0.567 ksi )(12 in.)
db
0.75 in.
h = d + cover +
= 3.19 in. + 0.75 in. +
2
2
= 4.318 in. Use 5 in.
with h =5 in., then d= 3.875 in. Go back and check (c/d) ratio
k = 1 1
= 0.172
c 0.172
=
= 0.202
d
0.85
Therefore, the slab is in the tension controlled region.
Mu
k
= As f y d 1 As =
2
f y d 1
2
64.9 k-in
0.9
As =
= 0.509 in 2
0.172
( 40 ksi )( 3.875 in.) 1
Mu
spacing ft
11 in. ft
2
wu = ( 0.252 k/ft 2 ) ( 3 ft )
= 0.756 k/ft
External section:
0.756 k/ft )( 27.67 ft )
(
wl
Mu =
=
= 24.1 k-ft
24
24
2
u n
12 in.
1 4 4 2 4 4 3 12 in.
beam widths
Internal section:
0.756 k/ft )( 27.0 ft )
wl
(
Mu =
=
= 50.1 k-ft
11
11
2
u n
Ru bd =
2
Mu
d =
12 in.
57.9 k-ft
Mu
ft
0.9
=
= 13.05 in.
Ru b
( 0.567 ksi )( 6 in.)
l
ft = 19.45 in.
h=
=
28
28
k = 1 1
0.85 f cbdk
As f y = 0.85 f cba As =
fy
= 0.048
Amin
3 fc
3 4000
bd =
( 6 in.)(18.25 in.) = 0.35 in 2
60000
fy
=
200 bd = 200 ( 6 in.)(18.25 in.) = 0.37 in 2
fy
60000
governs
0.37 in
2
As =
= 0.123 in /ft
3 ft
Use #3 @ 10 in spacing
= 0.0846
a=
As f y
0.85f cb
2
0.525
in
(
) ( 60 ksi )
= 0.121
0.75 in
As =
= 0.25 in 2 /ft
3 ft
Use #4 @ 9 in spacing
spacing 1 ft
9 in. 1 ft
Mu
Area
Bars
24.1 k-ft
41.3 k-ft
57.9 k-ft
0.37 in2
0.525 in2
0.75 in2
# 3 @ 10 in.
2 # 5 bars
# 4 @ 10 in.
34.4 k-ft
50.1 k-ft
0.44 in2
0.64 in2
2 # 5 bars
# 4 @ 10 in.
Internal Span
positive moment
negative moment
wu = 1.2wDL + 1.6wLL
= 0.149 k/ft 2
1 ft
3
2
0.150
k/ft
+
1.6
0.06
k/ft
)
(
)
12 in.
The d = 3.5 in. 0.75 in. 0.25 in. = 2.5 in. and the k value
will be
k = 1 1
= 0.004
spacing 1 ft 16 in. 1 ft
wu = 1.2wDL + 1.6wLL
1 ft
3
2
= 1.2 3 in.
( 0.15 k/ft ) + 0.02 k/ft
12 in.
= 0.197 k/ft 2
l
ft
=
= 14.5 in. Use 15.0 in.
h=
21
21
1 ft
1 ft 5 in.+7 in.
1 ft
3
= 1.2 3 in.
*35 in.
+
(12 in.)
( 0.15 k/ft )
1 4 4124 in.
44 2 4 4 4 12
4 in.
43 1 4 42 4 4 4 2 4 4 4124 in.
4 3
slab
rib
1 ft
+1.6 ( 0.08 k/ft 2 ) *35 in.
12 in.
1 ft
+1.2 ( 0.02 k/ft ) *35 in.
12 in.
= 0.665 k/ft
2
2
u n
k = 1 1
= 0.217
0.85 f cbdk
As f y = 0.85 f cba As =
fy
Amin
3 fc
3 3000
2
bd =
( 5 in.)(14 in.) = 0.19 in
60000
fy
=
200 bd = 200 ( 5 in.)(14 in.) = 0.23 in 2
fy
60000
a=
As f y
0.85f cb
0.81 in ) ( 60 ksi )
(
=
2
= 3.81 in.
d = 15 in. 0.75 in. 0.3125 in.
= 13.9 in. Use d = 13.5 in.
2
M n = As f y d = ( 0.81 in ) ( 60 ksi ) 13.5 in.
2
2
Vu @ d = wu d
2
24.5 ft
1 ft
= ( 0.665 k/ft )
13.5 in.
12 in.
2
= 7.4 kips
Vu
f req =
bd
7.4 kips
0.75
=
( 5 in.)(13.5 in.)
= 0.146 ksi
breq
f req
146 psi
=
( 5 in.) =
( 5 in.) = 6.66 in.
fn
109.5 psi
2
u n
governs
beff = smaller
s = 35 in
L 26 ft (12 in/ft )
=
= 78 in.
4
4
k = 1 1
= 0.021
k
= As f y d 1 As =
2
f y d 1
2
Use 2#5 (As = 0.62 in2) or 2#4 & 1#3 (As=0.51 in2)
1 ft
( 0.197 k/ft ) ( 30 in.) 12 in.
M n ( t / 2 ) 6M n
=
= 2
3
bt
bt
12
0.9
kip
governs
Lecture 20 Columns
July 23, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Definitions for short columns
Columns
P
fc =
Ac + nAst
f s = nf c
Steel stress
Pn (max ) = rP0
r = Reduction factor to account for accidents/bending
r = 0.80 ( tied )
r = 0.85 ( spiral )
ACI 10.3.6.3
Ast
g =
Ag
g 0.08
1 in.
clear spacing
between spirals
3 in.
ACI 7.10.4.3
from : s =
2
1 4 Dc s
Dc2
4
Gravity + Wind:
and
etc.
Pn Pu
where, = 0.65 for tied columns
= 0.7 for spiral columns
Ast
g =
Ag
steel
or
Pn = r Ag [0.85 f c + g ( f y 0.85 f c )] Pu
Ag
Pu
r [0.85 f c + g ( f y 0.85 f c )]
Pu
1
Ag (0.85 f c )
Ast
( f y 0.85 f c ) r
660 k
( 0.65)( 0.8)
0.03
60
ksi
0.85
4.5
ksi
(
)
(
)
(
)
2
230.4 in
Ag = d d = 15.2 in. d = 16 in.
2
1
Ast
r 0.85f c Ag
( f y 0.85fc )
5.16 in 2
Use 8 #8 bars Ast = 8(0.79 in2) = 6.32 in2
) + ( 60 ksi ) ( 6.32 in )
= 1334 k
s=
b # d b 2 ( cover + dstirrup )
( # bars 1)
16 in. 3 (1.0 in.) 2 (1.5 in. + 0.375 in.)
=
2
= 4.625 in. < 6 in. No cross-ties needed
= 16 in.
16d b = 16 (1.0 in.)
governs
governs
Pn = Cs1 + Cc Ts2
14 2 43
compression
is positive
h a
M n = Cs1 * d1 + Cc * + Ts2 * d 2
2
2 2
y
N
Pn ( tension ) = f y As
i =1
Columns
Strength Reduction Factor, (ACI Code 9.3.2)
(a) Axial tension, and axial tension with flexure.
= 0.9
(b) Axial compression and axial compression with
flexure.
Members with spiral reinforcement confirming
to 10.9.3
= 0.70
Other reinforced members
= 0.65
Columns
Except for low values of axial compression, may be
increased as follows:
when f y 60,000 psi and reinforcement is symmetric
and
(h d d s ) > 0.70
h
ds = distance from extreme tension fiber to centroid of
tension reinforcement.
Column
Columns
Commentary:
Other sections:
may be increased linearly to 0.9 as the
strain s increase in the tension steel. Pb
General Procedure
The interaction diagram for a column is
constructed using a series of values for Pn and
Mn. The plot shows the outside envelope of the
problem.
Ast = 8 (1.27 in
) = 10.16 in
Ag = ( 20 in.) = 400 in
2
Ast 10.16 in 2
=
= 0.0254
=
2
Ag
400 in
[ Point 1 ]
cb =
17.5 in.
0.003 + 0.00207
cb = 10.36 in.
cb 2.5 in.
10.36 in. 2.5 in.
s1 =
cu =
( 0.003)
cb
10.36 in.
= 0.00228
cb 10 in.
10.36 in. 10 in.
s2 =
cu =
( 0.003)
cb
10.36 in.
= 0.000104
= 215.6 k
Cs2 = 2 (1.27 in
= 0.97 k neglect
Ts = As fs = 3 (1.27 in
) ( 60 ksi )
= 228.6 k
Pn = Cc + Cs1 + Cs2 Ts
= 599.8 k + 215.6 k 228.6 k
= 585.8 k
M = Cc + Cs1 d1 + Ts d3
2
2 2
2
2
2
20 in.
+ 215.6 k
2.5 in.
2
20 in.
M 6682.2 k-in
e=
=
= 11.41 in.
P
585.8 k
[ Point 2 ]
c 2.5 in.
17.5 in. 2.5 in.
s1 =
cu =
( 0.003)
17.5 in.
c
= 216 k
Cs2 = 2 (1.27 in
= 86 k
Ts = As fs = 3 (1.27 in
) ( 0 ksi )
=0k
Pn = 1012 k + 216 k + 86 k
= 1314 k
M = Cc + Cs1 d1
2 2
2
2
2
20 in.
+ 216 k
2.5 in.
2
M 4213 k-in
e=
=
= 3.2 in.
P
1314 k
[ Point 3 ]
c 2.5 in.
6 in. 2.5 in.
s1 =
cu =
( 0.003)
c
6 in.
= 180.4 k ( C )
Cs2 = 2 (1.27 in
) ( 58 ksi )
= 147.3 k ( T )
Ts = As fs = 3 (1.27 in
) ( 60 ksi )
= 228.6 k
Pn = 346.8 k + 180.4 k 147.3 k 228.6 k
= 151.3 k
M = Cc + Cs1 d1 + Ts d3
2
2 2
2
0.85 ( 6 in.)
= 346.8 k 10 in.
M 5651.2 k-in
e=
=
= 37.35 in.
P
151.3 k
[ Point 4 ]
Pn = As f y = 8 (1.27 in 2 ) ( 60 ksi )
= 610 k
[ Point 5 ]
c (in)
Pn
Mn
1548 k
20
1515 k
253 k-ft
2 in
17.5
1314 k
351 k-ft
3.2 in
12.5
841 k
500 k-ft
7.13 in
10.36
585 k
556 k-ft
11.42 in
8.0
393 k
531 k-ft
16.20 in
6.0
151 k
471 k-ft
37.35 in
~4.5
0k
395 k-ft
infinity
-610 k
0 k-ft
Column Analysis
2000
1500
P (k)
1000
500
0
0
100
200
300
-500
-1000
M (k-ft)
400
500
600
Location of the
linearly varying .
800
MPn (k)
600
Cb
400
200
0
-200
100
200
300
-400
Max. tension
-600
-800
Mn (k-ft)
400
500
Lecture 21 Columns
July 25, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Columns Interaction Diagrams
Using Interaction Diagrams
Ast = 8 (1.27 in
) = 10.16 in
Ag = ( 20 in.) = 400 in
2
Ast 10.16 in 2
=
= 0.0254
=
2
Ag
400 in
[ Point 1 ]
cb =
17.5 in.
0.003 + 0.00207
cb = 10.36 in.
cb 2.5 in.
10.36 in. 2.5 in.
s1 =
cu =
( 0.003)
cb
10.36 in.
= 0.00228
cb 10 in.
10.36 in. 10 in.
s2 =
cu =
( 0.003)
cb
10.36 in.
= 0.000104
= 215.6 k
Cs2 = 2 (1.27 in
= 0.97 k neglect
Ts = As fs = 3 (1.27 in
) ( 60 ksi )
= 228.6 k
Pn = Cc + Cs1 + Cs2 Ts
= 599.8 k + 215.6 k 228.6 k
= 585.8 k
M = Cc + Cs1 d1 + Ts d3
2
2 2
2
2
2
20 in.
+ 215.6 k
2.5 in.
2
20 in.
M 6682.2 k-in
e=
=
= 11.41 in.
P
585.8 k
[ Point 2 ]
c 2.5 in.
17.5 in. 2.5 in.
s1 =
cu =
( 0.003)
17.5 in.
c
= 216 k
Cs2 = 2 (1.27 in
= 86 k
Ts = As fs = 3 (1.27 in
) ( 0 ksi )
=0k
Pn = 1012 k + 216 k + 86 k
= 1314 k
M = Cc + Cs1 d1
2 2
2
2
2
20 in.
+ 216 k
2.5 in.
2
M 4213 k-in
e=
=
= 3.2 in.
P
1314 k
[ Point 3 ]
c 2.5 in.
6 in. 2.5 in.
s1 =
cu =
( 0.003)
c
6 in.
= 180.4 k ( C )
Cs2 = 2 (1.27 in
) ( 58 ksi )
= 147.3 k ( T )
Ts = As fs = 3 (1.27 in
) ( 60 ksi )
= 228.6 k
Pn = 346.8 k + 180.4 k 147.3 k 228.6 k
= 151.3 k
M = Cc + Cs1 d1 + Ts d3
2
2 2
2
0.85 ( 6 in.)
= 346.8 k 10 in.
M 5651.2 k-in
e=
=
= 37.35 in.
P
151.3 k
[ Point 4 ]
Pn = As f y = 8 (1.27 in 2 ) ( 60 ksi )
= 610 k
[ Point 5 ]
c (in)
Pn
Mn
1548 k
20
1515 k
253 k-ft
2 in
17.5
1314 k
351 k-ft
3.2 in
12.5
841 k
500 k-ft
7.13 in
10.36
585 k
556 k-ft
11.42 in
8.0
393 k
531 k-ft
16.20 in
6.0
151 k
471 k-ft
37.35 in
~4.5
0k
395 k-ft
infinity
-610 k
0 k-ft
Column Analysis
2000
1500
P (k)
1000
500
0
0
100
200
300
-500
-1000
M (k-ft)
400
500
600
Location of the
linearly varying .
800
MPn (k)
600
Cb
400
200
0
-200
100
200
300
-400
Max. tension
-600
-800
Mn (k-ft)
400
500
Concrete crushes
before steel yields
Steel yields before
concrete crushes
Note: Any combination of P and M outside the envelope will cause failure.
f s > 0.5 f y
Class B
ACI 12.15
(> 1/2 bars spliced)
Class B tension lap splice
Nu
Vc = 21 +
f c bw d
2000 A
g
(ACI 11 - 4)
( Axial
Compression )
(ACI 10.9.1)
loading:
Non-dimensional Interaction
Diagrams
Pn
f c Ag
versus
Pn
or K n =
f c Ag
Mn
f c Ag h
versus
Pn e
Rn =
f c Ag h
Non-dimensional Interaction
Diagrams
Pu f c
Calculate
Ag =
required
Pn
f
A
c
g
Read
Ast = Ag
840 kips
Pn =
=
= 1292 k
0.65
12 in.
420 k-ft
Mu
ft
en =
=
= 6.0 in.
Pu
840 k
Pn
1292 k
Kn =
=
Ag f c (16 in.)( 24 in.)( 4 ksi )
= 0.84
1292 k )( 6 in.)
(
Pn e
Rn =
=
Ag f c h (16 in.)( 24 in.)( 4 ksi )( 24 in.)
= 0.21
( Rn , K n ) = ( 0.21, 0.84 )
= 0.7
f c = 4 ksi f y = 60 ksi
= 0.042
( Rn , K n ) = ( 0.21, 0.84 )
= 0.9
f c = 4 ksi f y = 60 ksi
= 0.034
= 0.7 +
0.9 0.7
( 0.7 )
( 0.9 0.7 )
0.034 0.042 )
(
= 0.042
( 0.79 0.7 )
( 0.9 0.7 )
= 0.0384
Ast 14.75 in 2
=
= 9.45 bars 10 bars
2
Ab 1.56 in
Ast = 15.6 in
As1 = 7.8 in 2 ,
At = 7.8 in 2
= 441.5 k
Cc = 0.85 f cba = 0.85 ( 4 ksi )(16 in.)( 0.85 ) c
= 46.24c
T = As1 fs = 7.8 in 2 fs
d c
21.5 in. c
fs = Es
cu = 29000 ksi
( 0.003)
c
c
21.5 in. c
= 87 ksi
Pn ( e ) = Cs1 ( d d ) + Cc d
2
2
= 8388.5 k-in. + 994.2c 19.65c
Pn = 541.2 k + 64.14c 1.27c
Pn = Cs1 + Cc T
541.2 k + 64.14c 1.27c = 441.5 k + 46.24c 7.8 f s
2
fs
37.7
11.45
8.92
6.52
6.62
RHS
-10.38
2.64
4.63
6.70
6.62
h a
h
h
M n = Cs1 d + Cc + T d
2
2
2 2
+ ( 7.8 in
Pn = 0.65 (1313.7 k )
= 853.9 k 840 k
16d b
spacing = smallest
48dstirrup
smallest dimension
16 in.
Use 16 in.
Lecture 22 - Biaxial
Columns Design
July 30, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Short Column Biaxial Design
Slender Column Design
Unaxial bending
about y-axis
Approximate Analysis
Methods
Use Reciprocal Failure
surface S2 (1/Pn,ex,ey)
The ordinate 1/Pn on the
surface S2 is
approximated by
ordinate 1/Pn on the
plane S2 (1/Pn ex,ey)
Plane S2 is defined by
points A,B, and C.
Approximate Analysis
Methods
P0 = Axial Load Strength under pure axial compression
(corresponds to point C ) Mnx = Mny = 0
P0x = Axial Load Strength under uniaxial eccentricity, ey
(corresponds to point B ) Mnx = Pney
P0y = Axial Load Strength under uniaxial eccentricity, ex
(corresponds to point A ) Mny = Pnex
Approximate Analysis
Methods
Design: Pu Muy, Mux
P u , P u ex , P u ey
Approximate Analysis
Methods
1
Pn
1
Pn
Pn
P0x
1
P0x
P0y
1
1
P0y
1
P0
1
P0
1
Pn
Steps:
1) Calculate P0
1
P0x
1
P0y
1
P0
) ( 60 ksi )
= 2198.4 k
Pn0 = rP0 = 0.8 ( 2198.4 k ) = 1758.7 k
2
2
ey = 12 in. d = ( 21.5 in.) = 14.33 in.
3
3
Compute the nominal load, Pnx and assume second
compression steel does not contribute
assume small
Pn = Cc + Cs1 + Cs2 T
where
1c
Pn e = Cc d
+ Cs1 ( d d )
2
Set the two equation equal to one another and sole for fs
fs = 0.265c 2 + 6.483
and the definition:
21.5 in.
1
fs = 87
c
fs (ksi)
37.7
100.05
56.88462
53.6391
53.48066
RHS
66.12819
32.99194
51.28315
53.37471
53.48054
12 in.
12 in.
fs2 = 1
( 87 ksi ) = 1
( 87 ksi )
c
13.315 in.
= 8.59 ksi
Cs2 = 2.54 in 2 ( 8.59 ksi 0.85 ( 5 ksi ) )
= 11.0 kips
This value is small relative to the others
2
2
ex = 8.0 in. d = (13.5 in.) = 9 in.
3
3
Compute the nominal load, Pny and assume second
compression steel does not contribute
assume small
Pn = Cc + Cs1 + Cs2 T
where
1c
Pn e = Cc d
+ Cs1 ( d d )
2
Set the two equation equal to one another and sole for fs
fs = 0.634c 2 + 10.324
and the definition:
13.5 in.
fs = 87
1
c
fs (ksi)
30.45
59.8125
51.17647
54.50602
54.21084
RHS
73.76371
50.92531
56.15911
54.02753
54.21043
8 in.
fs2 = 1
( 87 ksi )
8.317 in.
= 3.32 ksi
Cs2 = 2.54 in 2 ( 3.32 ksi 0.85 ( 5 ksi ) )
= 2.10 kips
This value is negative so it does not contribute
1
1
1
1
=
+
Slender Columns
Columns
Slenderness ratio =
klu
r
Long Columns
Slender Columns
Slender
Column
Long Columns
Less than 10 % of columns in braced or non-sway
frames and less than half of columns in unbraced or
sway frames would be classified as slender
following ACI Code Procedure.
Effective Length
The effective length - klu
lu - It measures the clear distance between floors.
k - a factor, which represents the ratio of the distance
between points of zero moments in the columns
K Factor
EI / l of columns
=
EI / l of beams
u
K Factor
For a Braced Frame:(Non-sway)
K Factor
For a Sway Frame:
a) Restrained @both ends
if m = avg
20 m
< 2.0 : k =
1+ m
20
if m 2.0 : k = 0.9 1 + m
b) One hinged or free end
k = 2.0 + 0.3
Non-sway frames: 0 k 1.0
Sway frames:
1.0 k
( typically k=1.5)
K Factor
The general assumptions are
- Structure consists of symmetric rectangular frames
- The girder moment at a joint is distributed to columns
according to their relative stiffness
- All columns reach their critical loads at the same time
General Formulation
Modulus of Elasticity
Ec = 33w1.5 f c
= 57000 f c
Reinforced Moment (ACI 10.11.1)
General Formulation
Area
A = Ag
K Factor
Use the values to
obtain the K factors
for the columns.
Long Column
Eccentrically loaded pin-ended column.
Lateral deflection increases moment
M = P*( e + )
Long Column
Eccentrically loaded pin-ended column.
Long Column
Eccentrically loaded pin-ended column.
OA - curve for end moment
OB - curve for maximum
column moment @ midheight)
Axial capacity is reduced
from A to B due to increase
in maximum moment due to
s (slenderness effects)
Long Columns
From ACI Sec. 12.10.2 , the slenderness effects may
be neglected if
kLu
{r
1
= 34 12
M2
slenderness ratio
0.5 k 1.0
Sway frames
1.0 k
Long Column
lu = Unsupported height of column from top of
floor to bottom of beams or slab in floor
r = Radius of gyration
I
A
Long Column
M1/M2 = Ratio of moments at two column ends, where
M2 > M1 (-1 to 1 range)
M1
>0
M2
singular curvature
M1
M2
double curvature
<0
Long Columns
M1/M2 = Ratio of moments at two column ends
where M2 > M1 (-1.0 to 1.0 range)
- single curvature
- double curvature
= 0.5
M2
and k = 1.0
M1
is typically conservative
(non-sway frames)
Long Column
= +0.5
is typically conservative (non - sway frames)
M2
and k = 1.0
M1
M1
M2
Possible range of
klu
r
= 22 to 40
Moment Magnification in
Non-sway Frames
If the slenderness effects need to be considered. The
non-sway magnification factor, ns, will cause an
increase in the magnitude of the design moment.
M c = ns M 2
where
Cm
ns =
1.0
Pu
1
0.75 Pc
Moment Magnification in
Non-sway Frames
The components of the equation for an Euler bucking
load for pin-end column
Pc =
EI
2
( klu )
EI =
0.2 Ec I g + Es I se
1 + d
{
conservatively
EI =
0.4 Ec I g
1 + d
Moment Magnification in
Non-sway Frames
A coefficient factor relating the actual moment
diagram to the equivalent uniform moment diagram.
For members without transverse loads
M1
Cm = 0.6 + 0.4
0.4
M2
For other conditions, such as members with transverse
loads between supports, Cm = 1.0
Moment Magnification in
Non-sway Frames
The minimum allowable value of M2 is
Ec = 33w
1.5
f c = 33 (150 )
1.5
7000
25 in.)( 25 in.)
(
bh
Ig =
=
12
12
4
= 32552 in
3
EI =
0.4 Ec I g
1 + d
= 4.4x10 k-in
7
1 + 0.5
2
Pc =
EI
2
( klu )
= 7354.3 k
( 4.4x10
k-in
12 in.
0.81( 25 ft ) ft
M1
Cm = 0.6 + 0.4
M2
6200 k-in.
= 0.6 + 0.4
= 0.89 0.4
8680 k-in.
Cm
0.89
ns =
=
Pu
800 k
1
1
0.75 Pc
0.75 ( 7354.3 k )
= 1.04 1.0
As = 7.0 in
Acs = 7.0 in
c d
13.5 in. 2.5 in.
s1 =
cu =
0.003
13.5 in.
c
= 0.00244
f cs1 = Es s1 = ( 29000 ksi )( 0.00244 )
= 70.76 ksi f cs1 = 60 ksi
d c
22.5 in. 13.5 in.
s =
cu =
0.003 = 0.002
13.5 in.
c
) ( 58 ksi )
Pn = Cc + Cs1 T
= 1405.7 k + 378.35 k 406.0 k
= 1378.05 k
h
h a
h
M n = Cc + Cs1 d + T d
2
2 2
2
9.45 in.
Since the e = 11.28 in. < 13.62 in. The section is in the
compression controlled region = 0.65. You will
want to match up the eccentricity with the design.
= 0.00249
f cs1 = Es s1 = ( 29000 ksi )( 0.00249 )
= 72.35 ksi f cs1 = 60 ksi
d c
22.5 in. 14.85 in.
s =
cu =
0.003
14.85 in.
c
= 0.00155
fs = Es s = ( 29000 ksi )( 0.00155 )
= 44.82 ksi
= 378.35 k
T = As f s = ( 7 in 2 ) ( 44.82 ksi )
= 313.74 k
Pn = Cc + Cs1 T
= 1546.26 k + 378.35 k 313.74 k
= 1610.9 k
h
h a
h
M n = Cc + Cs1 d + T d
2
2 2
2
10.395 in.
Pu = Pn = 0.65 (1610.9 k )
= 1047.1 k > 800 k OK!
M u = M n = 0.65 (18205.2 k-in )
= 11833.4 k-in. > 9027.2 k-in. OK!
h = 25 in.
Using Interaction
Diagrams
Determine eccentricity.
Estimate column size
required base on axial
load.
Determine e/h and
required Pn/Ag
Determine which chart to
use.
Lecture 23 - Slender
Columns and Two-way Slabs
August 1, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Slender Column Design
One-way and two-way slab
Slab thickness, h
Ec = 33w
1.5
f c = 33 (150 )
1.5
7000
25 in.)( 25 in.)
(
bh
Ig =
=
12
12
4
= 32552 in
3
EI =
0.4 Ec I g
1 + d
= 4.4x10 k-in
7
1 + 0.5
2
Pcr =
EI
2
( klu )
( 4.4x10 k-in
2
= 7354.3 k
12 in.
0.81( 25 ft ) ft
M1
Cm = 0.6 + 0.4
M2
6200 k-in.
= 0.6 + 0.4
= 0.89 0.4
8680 k-in.
ns =
Cm
Pu
1
0.75 Pcr
= 1.04 1.0
0.89
800 k
1
0.75
7354.3
k
(
)
As = 7.0 in
Acs = 7.0 in
c d
13.5 in. 2.5 in.
s1 =
cu =
0.003
13.5 in.
c
= 0.00244
f cs1 = Es s1 = ( 29000 ksi )( 0.00244 )
= 70.76 ksi f cs1 = 60 ksi
d c
22.5 in. 13.5 in.
s =
cu =
0.003
13.5 in.
c
= 0.002
f s = Es s = ( 29000 ksi )( 0.002 )
= 58 ksi
) ( 58 ksi )
Pn = Cc + Cs1 T
= 1405.7 k + 378.35 k 406.0 k
= 1378.05 k
h
h a
h
M n = Cc + Cs1 d + T d
2
2 2
2
9.45 in.
M n 18773 k-in
e=
=
Pn
1378.05 k
= 13.62 in.
Since the e = 11.28 in. < 13.62 in. The section is in the
compression controlled region = 0.65. You will
want to match up the eccentricity with the design.
c d
14.85 in. 2.5 in.
s1 =
cu =
0.003
14.85 in.
c
= 0.00249
f cs1 = Es s1 = ( 29000 ksi )( 0.00249 )
= 72.35 ksi f cs1 = 60 ksi
d c
22.5 in. 14.85 in.
s =
cu =
0.003
14.85 in.
c
= 0.00155
f s = Es s = ( 29000 ksi )( 0.00155 )
= 44.82 ksi
= 378.35 k
T = As f s = ( 7 in 2 ) ( 44.82 ksi )
= 313.74 k
Pn = Cc + Cs1 T
= 1546.26 k + 378.35 k 313.74 k
= 1610.9 k
h
h a
h
M n = Cc + Cs1 d + T d
2
2 2
2
10.395 in.
M n 18205.2 k-in
e=
=
Pn
1610.9 k
= 11.30 in.
Since the e 11.28 in. The reduction factor is equal to
= 0.65. Compute the design load and moment.
Pu = Pn = 0.65 (1610.9 k )
= 1047.1 k > 800 k OK!
M u = M n = 0.65 (18205.2 k-in )
= 11833.4 k-in. > 9027.2 k-in. OK!
The problem matches the selection of the column.
h = 25 in.
Two-way Slabs
Flat slab
Flat Plate
Waffle slab
ws
wl
B4
A4
5wl B 4
384 EI
For B = 2A ws = 16wl
M =
M f = (wl2 )
l12
8
wl12
k - ft
k - ft/ft
k/ft
Uniform load on each beam
2
wl1 l22
k - ft
M lb =
Moment in one beam (Sec: B-B)
2 8
M = (wl1 )
l22
k - ft
8
Full load was transferred east-west by the planks and then was
transferred north-south by the beams;
The same is true for a two-way slab or any other floor system.
Longitudinal
equivalent frame
Transverse equivalent
frame
Perspective view
Method of Analysis
(1) Elastic Analysis
Concrete slab may be treated as an elastic
plate. Use Timoshenkos method of analyzing
the structure. Finite element analysis
Method of Analysis
(2) Plastic Analysis
The yield method used to determine the limit state of
slab by considering the yield lines that occur in the
slab as a collapse mechanism.
The strip method, where slab is divided into strips
and the load on the slab is distributed in two
orthogonal directions and the strips are analyzed as
beams.
The optimal analysis presents methods for
minimizing the reinforcement based on plastic
analysis
Method of Analysis
(3) Nonlinear analysis
Simulates the true load-deformation characteristics
of a reinforced concrete slab with finite-element
method takes into consideration of nonlinearities of
the stress-strain relationship of the individual
members.
f
y
ln 0.8 +
200,000
h=
36 + 5 ( m 0.2 )
f
y
ln 0.8 +
200,000
h=
36 + 9
4E cb I b / l
4E cs I s / l
E cb I b
E cs I s
Example - Slab
A flat plate floor system with
panels 24 by 20 ft is supported on
20 in. square columns.
Determine the minimum slab
thickness required for the interior
and corner panels. Use fc = 4 ksi
and fy = 60 ksi
Example - Slab
Slab thickness, from table 9.5(c) for fy = 60 ksi
and no edge beams
ln
hmin =
30
20 in. 1 ft.
ln = 24 ft. 2
= 22.33 ft.
2 12 in.
12 in.
22.33 ft.
1 ft.
Example - Slab
Slab thickness, from table 9.5(c) for fy = 60 ksi
and no edge beams for = m = 0 (no beams)
hmin
hmin
ln
=
33
12 in.
22.33 ft.
1 ft.
=
= 8.12 in. 8.5 in.
33
Example Calculations
The floor system consists of
solid slabs and beams in two
directions supported on 20-in.
square columns. Determine the
minimum slab thickness, h,
required for the floor system.
Use fc = 4 ksi and fy = 60 ksi
Example Calculations
The cross-sections are:
Example Calculations
To find h, we need to find m therefore Ib, Islab and
for each beam and slab in long short direction.
Assume slab thickness h = 7 in. so that x = y < 4 tf
22 in. 7 in. = 15 in. < 4tf = 4 ( 7 in.) = 28 in.
be = 16 in. + 2 (15 in.) = 46 in.
Example Calculations
Compute the moment of inertia and centroid
I beam = 22453 in
I slab
Flange
Beam
1 3 1
3
12 in.
= bh = 20 ft
( 7 in.)
12
12
1 ft.
= 6860 in 4
b
7
15
h
46
16
Ai (in2)
322
240
y i (in)
3.5
14.5
562
ybar
I
=
=
y iAi (in3)
1127
3480
I (in4)
d2A (in4)
d (in)
1314.833 -4.69751 7105.442
4500
6.302491 9533.135
4607
5814.833
8.197509
22453.41
in
in4
16638.58
Example Calculations
Compute the coefficient for the long direction
long
EI beam 22453 in 4
=
=
4
EI slab
6860 in
= 3.27
I slab
1 3 1
3
12 in.
= bh = 24 ft
( 7 in.)
12
12
1 ft.
= 8232 in 4
Example Calculations
Compute the coefficient for short direction
short
EI beam 22453 in 4
=
=
4
EI slab
8232 in
= 2.73
avg =
2 long + 2 short
= 3.0
2 ( 3.27 ) + 2 ( 2.73)
4
Example Calculations
Compute the coefficient
20 in. 1 ft.
24 ft. 2
llong
2 12 in.
=
=
= 1.22
lshort
20 in. 1 ft.
20 ft. 2
2 12 in.
Compute the thickness for m > 2
fy
12
in.
60000
ln 0.8 +
22.33 ft.
0.8 +
200000
1 ft.
200000
=
h=
36 + 9
36 + 9 (1.22 )
= 6.28 in. Use slab thickness, 6.5 in. or 7 in.
Example Calculations
Compute the moment of inertia and centroid for the
L-beam
I L-beam = 15302 in 4
I slab
Flange
Beam
1 3 1
3
12 in.
= bh = 10 ft
( 7 in.)
12
12
1 ft.
= 3430 in 4
b
7
15
h
27
12
Ai (in2)
189
180
y i (in)
3.5
14.5
369
ybar
I
=
=
I (in4)
y iAi (in3)
661.5
2610
771.75
3375
3271.5
4146.75
8.865854
15302.36
in
in4
d2A (in4)
d (in)
-5.36585 5441.761
5.634146 5713.849
11155.61
Example Calculations
Compute the m coefficient for long direction
long
EI L-beam 15302 in 4
=
=
4
EI slab
3430 in
= 4.46
I slab
1 3 1
3
12 in.
= bh = 12 ft
( 7 in.)
12
12
1 ft.
= 4116 in 4
Example Calculations
Compute the m coefficient for the short direction
short
EI L-beam 15302 in
=
=
4
EI slab
4116 in
= 3.72
Example Calculations
Compute the m coefficient for the edges and corner
Example Calculations
Compute the m coefficient for the edges and corner
Example Calculations
Compute the largest length ln of the slab/beam, edge to
first interior column.
2 12 in. 2 12 in.
= 22.67 ft.
Example Calculations
Compute the thickness of the slab with m > 2
fy
12
in.
60000
ln 0.8 +
22.67 ft.
0.8 +
200000
1 ft.
200000
=
h=
36 + 9
36 + 9 (1.22 )
= 6.37 in. Use slab thickness, 6.5 in. or 7 in.
Lecture 24 - Design of
Two-Way Floor Slab System
August 4, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Shear Strength of Slabs
Shear Example
Direct Design Method
Vc = 2 f c bd
Vud Vc 2 f c bd
where,
l2
Vud = wu d
Vud Vc = 2 f c bd
Vc = 2 + f c bo d 4 f c bo d
c
s
+ 2 f c bo d
Vc =
bo
Vn = Vc + Vs 6 f c bo d
Vc = 4 f c bo d
Vs =
Vn 7 f c bo d
Av f y d
s
Example Problem
Determine the shear
reinforcement required for an
interior flat panel considering
the following: Vu= 195k, slab
thickness = 9 in., d = 7.5 in.,
fc = 3 ksi, fy= 60 ksi, and
column is 20 x 20 in.
Example Problem
Compute the shear terms find b0 for
Vc = 4 f c b0 d
column
b0 = 4
+ d = 4 ( 20 in. + 7.5 in.)
width
= 110 in.
Example Problem
Compute the maximum allowable shear
Vc = 4 f c b0 d
= 0.75 ( 4 )
1k
3000 (110 in.)( 7.5 in.)
1000 lbs
= 135.6 k
Vu =195 k > 135.6 k Shear reinforcement is need!
Example Problem
Compute the maximum allowable shear
Vc = 6 f c b0 d
= 0.75 ( 6 )
1k
3000 (110 in.)( 7.5 in.)
1000 lbs
= 203.3 k
So Vn >Vu Can use shear reinforcement
Example Problem
Use a shear head or studs as
in inexpensive spacing.
Determine the a for
Vc = 2 f c b0 d
column
b0 = 4
+ 2a
width
Example Problem
Determine the a for
Vu = 2 f c b0 d
((
)) ( 7.5 in.)
a = 41.8 in.
The depth = a+d
= 41.8 in. +7.5 in. = 49.3 in. 50 in.
Example Problem
Determine shear reinforcement
Vs = Vu Vc
= 195 k 135.6 k
= 59.4 k
The Vs per side is Vs / 4 = 14.85 k
Example Problem
Determine shear reinforcement
14.85 k
Vs =
= 19.8 k
0.75
Use a #3 stirrup Av = 2(0.11 in2) = 0.22 in2
Vs =
Av f y d
s
s=
Av f y d
Vs
Example Problem
Determine shear reinforcement spacing
s=
Av f y d
Vs
19.8 k
= 5.0 in.
Maximum allowable spacing is
d 7.5 in.
=
= 3.75 in.
2
2
Example Problem
Use s = 3.5 in.
50 in.
# of stirrups =
= 14.3 Use 15 stirrups
3.5 in.
The total distance is 15(3.5 in.)= 52.5 in.
Example Problem
The final result:
15 stirrups at total distance of
52.5 in. So that a = 45 in. and
c = 20 in.
2
1 2
2
2 1
4E cb I b / l
4E cs I s / l
4E cb I b
4E cs I s
M f = (wl2 )
l12
8
wl12
k - ft 8
k - ft/ft
k/ft
Uniform load on each beam
2
wl1 l22
k - ft
M lb =
Moment in one beam (Sec: B-B)
2 8
M = (wl1 )
l22
k - ft
8
Full load was transferred east-west by the planks and then was
transferred north-south by the beams;
The same is true for a two-way slab or any other floor system.
s 2t (ACI 13.3.2 )
and s 18 in. (ACI 7.12.3)
( ACI
13.3.1)
Distribution of Moments
Slab is considered to be a series of frames in two
directions:
Distribution of Moments
Slab is considered to be a series of frames in two
directions:
Distribution of Moments
Total static Moment, Mo
M0 =
wu l2ln2
(ACI 13 - 3)
8
where wu = factored load per unit area
l2 = transverse width of the strip
ln = clear span between columns
0.25 l1
l1= length of span in
direction moments are
being determined.
l2= length of span
transverse to l1
Moment Distribution
M u + M u (avg ) M 0 =
2
u 2 n
wll
8
Longitudinal Distribution
of Moments in Slabs
For a typical interior panel, the total static moment is
divided into positive moment 0.35 Mo and negative
moment of 0.65 Mo.
For an exterior panel, the total static moment is
dependent on the type of reinforcement at the outside
edge.
Distribution of M0
Moment Distribution
The factored components
of the moment for the
beam.
Transverse Distribution of
Moments
The longitudinal moment values mentioned are for the
entire width of the equivalent building frame. The
width of two half column strips and two half-middle
stripes of adjacent panels.
Transverse Distribution of
Moments
Transverse distribution
of the longitudinal
moments to middle and
column strips is a
function of the ratio of
length l2/l1,1, and t.
Transverse Distribution of
Moments
Transverse distribution of the longitudinal moments to
middle and column strips is a function of the ratio of
length l2/l1,1, and t.
1 =
Ecb I b
Ecs I s
t =
EcbC
2 Ecs I s
0.63 x x 3 y
torsional constant
C = 1
y 3
Distribution of M0
ACI Sec 13.6.3.4
For spans framing into a common support negative
moment sections shall be designed to resist the larger
of the 2 interior Mus
ACI Sec. 13.6.3.5
Edge beams or edges of slab shall be proportioned to
resist in torsion their share of exterior negative
factored moments
Factored Moment in
Column Strip
1= Ratio of flexural stiffness of beam to stiffness of
slab in direction l1.
t= Ratio of torsional stiffness of edge beam to
flexural stiffness of slab(width= to beam length)
Factored Moment in an
Interior Strip
Factored Moment in an
Exterior Panel
Factored Moment in an
Exterior Panel
Factored Moment in
Column Strip
1= Ratio of flexural stiffness of beam to stiffness of
slab in direction l1.
t= Ratio of torsional stiffness of edge beam to
flexural stiffness of slab(width= to beam length)
Factored Moments
Factored Moments
Factored Moments in Middle strips (ACI Sec. 13.6.3)
The portion of the + Mu and - Mu not resisted
by column strips shall be proportionately
assigned to corresponding half middle strips.
Each middle strip shall be proportioned to
resist the sum of the moments assigned to its 2
half middle strips.
a
2
M u = As f y d
= Ru bd
Ru = wu f c (1 0.59 wu )
wu =
fy
fc
Moment Distribution
The factored components
of the moment for the
beam.
Transverse Distribution of
Moments
The longitudinal moment values mentioned are for the
entire width of the equivalent building frame. The
width of two half column strips and two half-middle
stripes of adjacent panels.
Lecture 25 - Design of
Two-Way Floor Slab System
August 6, 2003
CVEN 444
Lecture Goals
Example of DDM
Panel Design
Example 1
Design an interior panel of the two-way
slab for the floor system.The floor
consists of six panels at each direction,
with a panel size 24 ft x 20 ft. All
panels are supported by 20 in square
columns. The slabs are supported by
beams along the column line with cross
sections. The service live load is to be
taken as 80 psf and the service dead
load consists of 24 psf of floor
finishing in addition to the self-weight.
Use fc = 4 ksi and fy = 60 ksi
Example 1- Loading
The weight of the slab is given as.
lb
lb
lb
1 ft
DL = 24 2 + 7.0 in.
150 3 = 111.5 2
ft
ft
ft
12 in.
lb
lb
wu = 1.2 DL + 1.6 LL = 1.2 111.5 2 + 1.6 80 2
ft
ft
lb
kips
= 262 2 0.262 2
ft
ft
Example 1 calculation d
Compute the average depth, d for the slab. Use an
average depth for the shear calculation with a #4 bar
(d = 0.5 in)
d = h cover d b / 2
Vu = wu 12 ft.
d (1 ft.)
2
1 ft
16 in.
1
ft
12
in.
6 in.
= ( 0.262 k/ft 2 ) 12 ft.
(1 ft.)
2
12 in.
= 2.84 k
Vc = 2 f c bd
)
)
1 kip
= 0.75 2 3000 (12 in.)( 6 in.)
1000 lb
= 5.92 k > 2.84 k OK.
l=
l2
20 ft
= 5 ft
4
4
Therefore the column strip b = 2( 5 ft) = 10 ft (120 in)
The middle strips are
bl = 20 ft 2(5 ft ) = 10 ft (120 in )
bs = 24 ft 2(5 ft ) = 14 ft (168 in )
Example 1 Static
Moment Computation
Moment Mo for the two directions.
long direction
20 in. 1 ft.
ln = 24 ft. 2
= 22.333 ft.
2 12 in.
M ol
short direction
wu l2 ) l
(
=
2
n
8
= 326.7 k-ft
20 in. 1 ft.
ln = 20 ft. 2
= 18.333 ft.
2 12 in.
M os
wu l2 ) l
(
=
2
n
8
= 264.2 k-ft
2
0.262
k/ft
( 24 ft.) ) (18.333 ft.)
(
0.35Mo
0.65Mo
Negative - Moment
Positive + Moment
Coefficients
l =
Eb Ib
Es Is
l2
l1
22453 in
= 3.27
6860 in 4
Need to interpolate to
determine how the
negative moment is
distributed.
(
0.9 0.75)
(0.8333 0.5)
Factor = 0.9 +
(0.5 1.0)
= 0.8
Need to interpolate
to determine how
the positive moment
is distributed.
(
0.9 0.75)
(0.8333 0.5)
Factor = 0.9 +
(0.5 1.0)
= 0.8
Positive + Moment
Middle Strip
Negative Moment
Positive + Moment
Slab Moment
Slab Moment
Negative Moment
Positive + Moment
coefficients
l2
20 ft
= 1.22222
4
Eb I b 22453 in
1 =
=
= 2.73
4
Es I s
8232 in
l1
1 = 2.73* (1.2222 ) = 3.333
l2
Factors (negative)
Need to interpolate
to determine how
the negative
moment is
distributed.
(
0.75 0.45)
(1.2222 1.0)
Factor = 0.75 +
(1.0 2.0)
= 0.6833
Factors (positive)
Need to interpolate
to determine how
the positive
moment is
distributed.
(
0.75 0.45)
(1.2222 1.0)
Factor = 0.75 +
(1.0 2.0)
= 0.6833
Negative Moment
Positive + Moment
Middle Strip
Negative Moment
Positive + Moment
Slab Moment
Beam Moment
Slab Moment
Example 1 - Summary
Example 1- Reinforcement
calculation
Example 1 - Reinforcement
calculation
Mu
bd
w=
1.7 * R
2
u
1.70 (1.7 ) 4
fc
2
1.7 * R u
fc
w=
=0
f y
fc
wf c
fy
12 in.
42.5 k-ft
Mu
1 ft
= 0.118 ksi
Ru = 2 =
2
bd
(120 in.)( 6 in.)
w=
1.70
(1.7 )
4 ( 0.7433)
= 0.0449
2
wf c 0.0449 ( 3 ksi )
=
= 0.00225
=
fy
60 ksi
120 in.
s=
= 13.33 in.
9
Use 10 #4
The long
direction using
# 4 bars
Middle Strip
Moment (k-ft)
b (in)
d (in)
h (in)
fy (ksi)
Negative
25.5
120
6
7
60
Positive
13.7
120
6
7
60
Negative
42.5
120
6
7
60
Positive
22.9
120
6
7
60
fc (ksi)
Ru (ksi)
w
0.07083
0.02665
0.03806
0.01421
0.11806
0.04491
0.06361
0.02390
0.00133
0.00071
0.00225
0.00119
A s (in2)
0.96
0.51
1.62
0.86
1.51
7.56
15.00
1.51
7.56
15.00
1.51
8.08
13.33
1.51
7.56
15.00
10
12
10
12
10
12
10
12
The short
direction
using # 4
bars
Middle Strip
Moment (k-ft)
b (in)
d (in)
h (in)
fy (ksi)
Negative
17.6
120
6
7
60
Positive
9.5
120
6
7
60
Negative
54.4
168
6
7
60
Positive
29.3
168
6
7
60
fc (ksi)
Ru (ksi)
w
0.04889
0.01830
0.02639
0.00983
0.10794
0.04096
0.05813
0.02181
0.00092
0.00049
0.00205
0.00109
A s (in2)
0.66
0.35
2.06
1.10
1.51
7.56
15.00
1.51
7.56
15.00
2.12
10.58
15.27
2.12
10.58
15.27
10
12
10
12
14
12
14
12
12 in
20 in
24 *
ln
ft
=
= 8.12 in No panels
33
33
12 in
20 in
24 *
ln
ft
=
= 7.44 in 8.0 in
36
36
h+
= 8 in. +
8 in.
= 10 in.
24 ft
20 ft
= 4 ft
= 3.33 ft 3.5 ft
12 in.
2
12
in.
2
1
2
2
wu = ( 276.8 lb/ft ) + ( 306.8 lb/ft )
3
3
2
= 286.8 lb/ft
1
ft
12
in.
= 136.1 k
Vc = 4 f c bo d
12 in.
+ 6.75 in.
bo = 2 8 ft.
1 ft.
12 in.
+ 6.75 in.
+ 2 7 ft.
1 ft.
= 387 in.
2
Vu = ( 0.287 k/ft )
1 ft
1 ft
102.75 in. 12 in. 90.75 in. 12 in.
= 119.2 k
Vc = 4 f c bo d
2
2
Short
0.287 k/ft ( 24 ft ) ) (18.33 ft )
(
= 289.4 k-ft
direction M o =
8
Positive + Moment
Column Strip
Negative Moment
Positive + Moment
Middle Strip
Negative Moment
Positive + Moment
Mu
bd 2
w=
1.7 * R
2
u
1.70 (1.7 ) 4
fc
2
1.7 * R u
fc
w=
=0
f y
fc
wf c
fy
Mu
1 ft
Ru = 2 =
= 0.242 ksi
2
bd
(120 in.)( 8.5 in.)
w=
1.70
(1.7 )
4 ( 0.1141)
= 0.0700
2
wf c 0.0700 ( 4 ksi )
=
=
= 0.00466
60 ksi
fy
As 4.76 in
# bars =
=
= 15.3 Use 16 bars
2
Ab 0.31 in
120 in.
s=
= 7.5 in.
16
The long
direction
Middle Strip
Moment (k-ft)
b (in)
d (in)
h (in)
fy (ksi)
Negative
174.5
120
8.5
10
60
Positive
75.2
120
6.5
8
60
Negative
58.2
120
6.5
8
60
Positive
50.2
120
6.5
8
60
fc (ksi)
Ru (ksi)
w
0.24152
0.06997
0.17799
0.05097
0.13775
0.03917
0.11882
0.03367
0.00466
0.00340
0.00261
0.00224
A s (in2)
4.76
2.65
2.04
1.75
2.16
15.35
7.50
1.73
13.25
8.57
1.73
10.18
10.91
1.73
8.75
13.33
16 #5
7.5
15 #4
8
10 #4
12
10 #4
12
The short
direction
Middle Strip
Moment (k-ft)
b (in)
d (in)
h (in)
fy (ksi)
Negative
141.1
120
8.5
10
60
Positive
60.8
120
6.5
8
60
Negative
47.1
168
6.5
8
60
Positive
40.5
168
6.5
8
60
fc (ksi)
Ru (ksi)
w
0.19529
0.07570
0.14391
0.05508
0.07963
0.03002
0.06847
0.02575
0.00379
0.00275
0.00150
0.00129
A s (in2)
3.86
2.15
1.64
1.41
2.16
12.45
9.23
1.73
10.74
10.91
2.42
12.10
12.92
2.42
12.10
12.92
16 #5
7.5
12 #4
10
14 #4
12
14 #4
12
Lecture 26 Footings
August 8, 2003
CVEN444
Lecture Goals
Footing Classification
Footing Design
Footing Examples
Footings
Definition
Footings are structural members used to support
columns and walls and to transmit and distribute
their loads to the soil in such a way that the load
bearing capacity of the soil is not exceeded,
excessive settlement, differential settlement,or
rotation are prevented and adequate safety
against overturning or sliding is maintained.
Types of Footings
Wall footings are used to
support structural walls that
carry loads for other floors
or to support nonstructural
walls.
Types of Footings
Isolated or single footings
are used to support single
columns. This is one of the
most economical types of
footings and is used when
columns are spaced at
relatively long distances.
Types of Footings
Combined footings usually
support two columns, or three
columns not in a row.
Combined footings are used
when tow columns are so close
that single footings cannot be
used or when one column is
located at or near a property
line.
Types of Footings
Cantilever or strap footings
consist of two single footings
connected with a beam or a
strap and support two single
columns. This type replaces a
combined footing and is more
economical.
Types of Footings
Continuous footings
support a row of three or
more columns. They have
limited width and continue
under all columns.
Types of Footings
Rafted or mat foundation
consists of one footing usually
placed under the entire building
area. They are used, when soil
bearing capacity is low, column
loads are heavy single footings
cannot be used, piles are not used
and differential settlement must
be reduced.
Types of Footings
Pile caps are thick slabs
used to tie a group of piles
together to support and
transmit column loads to the
piles.
Design Considerations
Footings must be designed to carry the column loads
and transmit them to the soil safely while satisfying
code limitations.
1. The area of the footing based on the allowable
bearing soil capacity
2. Two-way shear or punch out shear.
3. One-way bearing
4. Bending moment and steel reinforcement
required
Design Considerations
Footings must be designed to carry the column loads
and transmit them to the soil safely while satisfying
code limitations.
1. Bearing capacity of columns at their base
2. Dowel requirements
3. Development length of bars
4. Differential settlement
Size of Footings
The area of footing can be determined from the actual
external loads such that the allowable soil pressure is
not exceeded.
Area of footing =
qu =
Pu
area of footing
4
Vc = 2 + f c b0 d
c
where, c =
b0 =
ACI 11-35
b0 = 2(c1+d) +2(c2+d)
for rectangular
columns of sides c1
and c2.
d=
f c b0 d
Vu
4 f c b0
Vc = 2 f c b0 d
L c
Vu = qu b d
2 2
If no shear reinforcement is to be
used, then d can be checked
d=
Vu
2 f c b
As =
Mu
a
f y d
2
a=
f y As
0.85 f c b
where
+1
N1 = (0.85 f c A1 )
where = 0.65 and
A1 =bearing area of column
N 2 (0.85 f c A1 ) A2 / A1
N 2 2 (0.85 f c A1 )
Dowels in Footings
A minimum steel ratio = 0.005 of the column section
as compared to = 0.01 as minimum reinforcement for
the column itself. The number of dowel bars needed is
four these may be placed at the four corners of the
column. The dowel bars are usually extended into the
footing, bent at the ends, and tied to the main footing
reinforcement. The dowel diameter shall not exceed
the diameter of the longitudinal bars in the column by
more than 0.15 in.
ld = 0.02 f y d b /
fc
0.003 f y d b 8 in.
Dowel bars must be checked for proper development
length.
Differential Settlement
Footing usually support the following loads:
1. Dead loads from the substructure and superstructure
2. Live load resulting from material or occupancy
3. Weight of material used in back filling
4. Wind loads
Example Wall
Design a plain concrete footing to support a 16 in.
thick concrete wall. The load on the wall consist of
16 k/ft dead load (including the self-weight of wall)
and a 10 k/ft live load the base of the footing is 4 ft
below final grade. fc = 3 ksi and the allowable soil
pressure = 5 k/ft2
Example - Wall
Assume a depth of footing. (1.5 ft or 18 in.) The
weight of concrete and the soil are:
1 ft.
3
Wc = d = 150 lb/ft *18 in. *
12 in.
2
= 225 lb/ft
1 ft.
12 in.
= 250 lb/ft 2
3
Example - Wall
The effective soil pressure is given as:
qeff = qs Wc Ws
= 5000 lb/ft 225 lb/ft 250 lb/ft
2
Example - Wall
Calculate the size of the footing for 1-ft of wall:
Example Wall
Calculate net upward pressure:
Example Wall
Calculate the depth of the reinforcement use # 8 bars
with a crisscrossing layering.
d = h cover 1.5d b
Example Wall
The depth of the footing can be calculated by using
one-way shear
1 ft
16 in
1
ft
12
in
L c
6 ft
13.5 in
d
2
2 2
2
12 in
= 1.21 ft
L c
Vu = qn ( l2 ) d
2 2
2
= 5.87 k/ft (1 ft )(1.21 ft ) = 7.1 k
Example Wall
The depth of the footing can be calculated by using
one-way shear
1000 lb
7.1 k
Vu
1k
=
d=
2 fc b
12 in
0.75 2 3000 1 ft
1 ft
= 7.2 in.
The footing is 13.5 in. > 7.2 in. so it will work.
Example Wall
Calculate the bending moment of the footing at the
edge of the wall
1 ft
16 in
12
in
L c 6 ft
= 2.33 ft
2
2
2
L c
2.33 ft )
(
L c 2 2
2
M u = qn
b = 5.87 k/ft ( 2.33 ft )
(1 ft )
2
2
2 2
= 15.98 k-ft
Example Wall
Calculate Ru for the footing to find of the footing.
12 in.
15.98 k-ft *
Mu
1 ft
Ru = 2 =
= 0.0877 ksi
2
bd
(12 in.) * (13.5 in )
Example Wall
From Ru for the footing the value can be found.
1.7 Ru
Ru = f c (1 0.59 ) 1.7 +
=0
fc
2
0.0877 ksi
1.7 (1.7 ) 4 1.7
0.9 ( 3 ksi )
=
= 0.03312
2
fy
0.03312 ( 3 ksi )
= 0.03312 =
= 0.00166
60 ksi
fc
2
Example Wall
Compute the area of steel needed
12 in.
2
As = bd = 0.00166 1 ft
(13.5 in.) = 0.27 in
1 ft
The minimum amount of steel for shrinkage is
As = 0.0018 bh = 0.0018 (12 in.)(18 in.) = 0.389 in
Example Wall
Use a #7 bar (0.60 in2) Compute the number of bars
need
As 0.54 in
n=
=
= 0.9 Use 1 bars/ ft
2
Ab 0.60 in
Example Wall
Check the bearing stress. The bearing strength N1, at
the base of the wall, 16 in x 12 in., = 0.65
N1 = ( 0.85 f c A1 ) = 0.65 ( 0.85 ( 3 ksi )(16 in )(12 in ) )
= 318.2 k
A2
A1
2 N1
Example Wall
A2 = ( 6 ft )(1 ft ) = 6 ft 2
1 ft
2
=
A1 = 16 in
1
ft
1.33
ft
( )
12 in.
>
N 2 = 2 N1 = 2 ( 318.2 k ) = 636.4 k
Example Wall
Pu =35.2 k < N1, bearing stress is adequate. The
minimum area of dowels is required.
0.005 A1 = 0.005* (16 in )(12 in ) = 0.92 in 2
Example Wall
The development length of the dowels in compression
from ACI Code 12.3.2 for compression.
ld =
0.02d b f y
fc
= 19.17 in Use 20 in
Example Wall
Therefore, use 4#7 dowels in the corners of
the column extending 20 in. into the column
and the footing. Note that ld is less than the
given d = 15.75 in., which is sufficient
development length.
Example Wall
The development length, ld for the #7 bars for the
reinforcement of the footing.
fy
f y db
ld
=
ld =
d b 20 f c
20 f c
60000 psi )( 0.875 in )
(
=
= 47.9 in
20 3000 psi
1 ft.
= 300 lb/ft
12 in.
1
ft.
= 200 lb/ft 2
Ws = s d s = 100 lb/ft * 4 ft 24 in. *
12 in.
qeff = qs Wc Ws
= 5000 lb/ft 300 lb/ft 200 lb/ft
2
445 k
= 98.9 ft 2
4.5 k/ft 2
Side of footing = 9.94 ft Use 10 ft
d = h cover 1.5d b
d = 24 in. 3 in 1.5(1.0 in )
= 19.5 in.
bo = 4(c + d )
= 4(18 in. + 19.5 in.) = 150 in.
1 ft
= 3.125 ft
c + d = (18 in. + 19.5 in.)
12 in
Vu = Pu qn (c + d )
= 554 k
The shape parameter
10 ft
10 ft
=1
Vc = 2 + f c b0 d
c
Vc = s + 2 f c b0 d
bo
Vc = 4 f c b0 d
1000 lb
554 k
Vu
1k
d=
=
4 f c b0 0.75 4 4000 (150 in )
= 19.47 in.
+ 2 f c b0
bo
1000 lb
554 k
1k
=
= 10.81 in.
40(19.5 in )
+ 2 4000 (150 in )
0.75
150 in
1 ft
18 in
L c
1 ft
10 ft
12
in
d =
19.5 in
2
2
2 2
12 in
= 2.625 ft
L c
Vu = qn (l2 ) d
2 2
Vu
1k
d=
=
2 fc b
12 in
0.75 2 4000 10 ft
1 ft
= 14.2 in.
The footing is 19.5 in. > 14.2 in. so it will work.
1 ft
18 in
L c 10 ft
12 in = 4.25 ft
=
2
2
2 2
L c
(
4.25 ft )
L c 2 2
(10 ft )
b = 6.14 k/ft (4.25 ft )
M u = qn
2
2
2 2
= 554.5 k - ft
Mu
1 ft
Ru = 2 =
2
bd
(120 in )* (19.5 in )
= 0.1458 ksi
0.1458 ksi
1.7 (1.7 ) 41.7
0.9(4 ksi )
=
= 0.04152
2
fy
0.04152(4 ksi )
= 0.04152 =
= 0.00277
60 ksi
fc
2
12 in.
2
(
)
As = bd = 0.0027710 ft
19
.
5
in.
=
6
.
48
in
1 ft
fy
60000
Use
L 2 * cover
(n 1)
120 in - 2(3 in )
12
= 9.5 in
A2
A1
2 N1
1 ft
2
A1 = 18 in
= 2.25 ft
12 in.
0.02d b f y
fc
= 18.97 in Use 19 in
4000 psi
L
2
cover
c
2
120 in
2
3 in
18 in
2
= 48 in
1 ft.
= 300 lb/ft
12 in.
1
ft.
= 200 lb/ft 2
Ws = s d s = 100 lb/ft * 4 ft 24 in. *
12 in.
qeff = qs Wc Ws
= 5000 lb/ft 300 lb/ft 200 lb/ft
2
d = h cover 1.5d b
d = 24 in. 3 in 1.5(1.0 in )
= 19.5 in.
1 ft
18 in
L c
1 ft
12 ft
12
in
d =
19.5 in
2
2
2 2
12 in
= 3.625 ft
Vu =135.5 k in
short direction
L c
Vu = qn (l2 ) d
2 2
Vu
1k
d=
=
2 fc b
12 in
= 19.2 in.
The footing is 19.5 in. > 19.2 in. so it will work.
bo = 4(c + d )
= 4(18 in. + 19.5 in.) = 150 in.
1 ft
= 3.125 ft
c + d = (18 in. + 19.5 in.)
12 in
Vu = Pu qn (c + d )
12 ft
8.5 ft
= 1.41
Vc = 2 + f c b0 d
c
Vc = s + 2 f c b0 d
bo
Vc = 4 f c b0 d
Vu
1k
d=
=
4
4
2 + f c b0 0.75 2 +
4000 (150 in )
1.41
= 16.13 in.
Vu
40d
+ 2 f c b0
bo
1000 lb
555.2 k
1k
=
40(19.5 in )
0.75
+ 2 4000 (150 in )
150 in
= 10.84 in.
1000 lb
555.2 k
Vu
1k
=
= 19.5 in.
d=
4 f c b0 0.75 4 4000 (150 in )
1 ft
18 in
L c 12 ft
12 in = 5.25 ft
=
2
2
2 2
L c
(
5.25 ft )
L c 2 2
(8.5 ft )
M u = qn
b = 6.02 k/ft (5.25 ft )
2
2
2 2
= 705.2 k - ft
12 in.
705.2 k - ft *
Mu
1 ft
Ru = 2 =
bd
12 in
2
8.5 ft
* (19.5 in )
1 ft
= 0.2182 ksi
1.7 Ru
Ru = f c (1 0.59 ) 1.7 +
=0
f c
2
0.2182 ksi
1.7 (1.7 ) 41.7
0.9(4 ksi )
=
= 0.06294
2
fy
0.06294(4 ksi )
= 0.06294 =
= 0.004196
60 ksi
fc
2
12 in.
2
(
)
As = bd = 0.004196 8.5 ft
19.5 in. = 8.35 in
1 ft
(
As =
bd =
102 in.)(19.5 in.) = 6.63 in
fy
60000
L 2 * cover
(n 1)
102 in - 2(3 in )
11
= 8.73 in
1 ft
18 in
L c 8.5 ft
12 in = 3.5 ft
=
2
2
2
2
L c
(
3.5 ft )
L c 2 2
(12 ft )
M u = qn
b = 6.02 k/ft (3.5 ft )
2
2
2 2
= 442.5 k - ft
Mu
1 ft
Ru = 2 =
= 0.0970 ksi
bd
12 in
2
12 ft
* (19.5 in )
1 ft
1.7 Ru
Ru = f c (1 0.59 ) 1.7 +
=0
f c
2
0.0970 ksi
1.7 (1.7 ) 41.7
0.9(4 ksi )
=
= 0.0274
2
fy
0.0274(4 ksi )
= 0.0274 =
= 0.00183
fc
60 ksi
2
12 in.
2
(
)
As = bd = 0.0018312 ft
19.5 in. = 5.12 in
1 ft
fy
60000
Total reinforcement
+ 1 1.41 + 1
(n 1)
102 in
= 5.67 in
18
L cover
n
21 in - 3in
2
= 9 in
A2
A1
2 N1
1 ft
2
=
2
.
25
ft
A1 = 18 in
12 in.
0.02d b f y
fc
= 18.97 in Use 19 in
4000 psi
fy
fydb
ld =
20 f c
(
60000 psi )(1.0 in )
=
= 47.4 in
20 f c
20 4000 psi
L
2
cover
c
2
144 in
2
3 in
18 in
2
= 60 in
fy
ld =
25 f c
f ydb
(
60000 psi )(0.75 in )
=
= 28.5 in
25 f c
25 4000 psi
ld =
L
2
cover
c
2
102 in
2
3 in
18 in
2
= 39 in
23 #6
12 #8
x=
F
i
1 ft.
= 450 lb/ft
12 in.
1
ft.
2
12 in.
qeff = qs Wc Ws
= 5000 lb/ft 450 lb/ft 200 lb/ft
2
690 k
4.35 k/ft
Side of footing =
158.6 ft 2
22 ft
= 158.6 ft
1044 k
(22 ft )(7.5 ft )
= 6.33 k / ft 2
d = h cover 1.5d b
d = 36 in. 3 in 1.5(1.0 in )
= 31.5 in.
V ( x ) = qb ( x ) w
= 6.32 k/ft 2 ( 7.5 ft ) x w
400
358.7 k
300
= 47.454 k/ft ( x ) w
Force (kips)
200
63.3 k
100
0
-100
10
12
16
18
-150.3 k
-200
-300
14
-329.5 k
-400
location (ft)
20
22
12 in
12 in
x=
329.5 k
329.5 k + 358.7 k
(14.5 ft ) = 6.9 ft
Bending Moment
400
200
42.2 k-ft
0
-200 0
10
12
14
16
18
-400
-600
-800
-1000
-1200
-1400
Location (ft)
x2
= 6.32 k/ft ( 7.5 ft ) wi ( x xi )
2
x2
= 47.454 k/ft wi ( x xi )
2
2
249.9 k-ft
20
22
1 ft
12 in
= 234.1 k
1000 lb
234.1 k
Vu
1
k
d=
=
= 24.2 in.
2 fc b
12
in
1 ft
bo = 4(c + d )
= 4(20 in. + 31.5 in.) = 206 in.
1 ft
= 4.292 ft
c + d = (20 in. + 31.5 in.)
12 in
Vu = Pu qn (c + d )
= 464.6 k
The other column will not be critical,
Pu = 456 k for the 16 in. column
d=
Vu
4 f c b0
1000 lb
464.6 k
1k
= 10.5 in.
1278.9 k - ft *
Mu
1 ft = 0.1719 ksi
Ru =
=
2
2
(
)
(
)
bd
90 in * 31.5 in
1.7 Ru
f c
0
.
1719
ksi
2
=0
= 0.04917
fy
fc
= 0.04917 =
0.04917(4 ksi )
60 ksi
= 0.00328
12 in.
(31.5 in.) = 9.29 in 2
As = bd = 0.00277 7.5 ft
1 ft
fy
60000
Use
L 2 * cover
(n 1)
90 in - 2(3 in )
9
= 9.33 in
1 ft
1 ft
16
in
Band = 16 in + 2 ft
+ 31.5 in
2
12
in.
12
in.
456 k
7.5 ft
= 60.8 k/ft
L=
7.5 ft
2
1 ft
= 3.08 ft
8 in
12 in
Compute the Ru
(
3.08 ft )
= (60.8 k/ft )
= 289.0 k - ft
12 in.
289 k - ft *
Mu
1 ft
Ru =
=
= 0.053 ksi
12 in
bd 2
2
5.5 ft
* (31.5 in )
1 ft
1.7 Ru
f c
0
.
053
ksi
2
=0
= 0.01484
fy
fc
= 0.01484 =
0.04917(4 ksi )
60 ksi
= 0.001
12 in.
2
(
)
As = bd = 0.001 5.5 ft
31.5 in. = 2.08 in
1 ft
fy
60000
Use
L cover
(n 1)
66 in - (3 in )
6
= 10.5 in
588 k
7.5 ft
= 78.4 k/ft
L=
7.5 ft
2
1 ft
= 2.92 ft
10 in
12 in
(
2.92 ft )
= (78.4 k/ft )
Compute the Ru
= 334.3 k - ft
12 in.
334.3 k - ft *
Mu
1 ft
Ru =
=
= 0.045 ksi
12 in
bd 2
2
7.5 ft
* (31.5 in )
1 ft
1.7 Ru
f c
0
.
045
ksi
2
=0
= 0.01257
fy
fc
= 0.01257 =
0.01257(4 ksi )
60 ksi
= 0.00084
12 in.
2
(
)
As = bd = 0.00084 7.5 ft
31.5 in. = 2.38 in
1 ft
fy
60000
Use
A2
A1
2 N1
1 ft
2
= 1.78 ft
A1 = 16 in
12 in.
30.25 ft 2
1.78 ft 2
(
Pu N1 )
=
fy
0.02d b f y
fc
= 16.6 in Use 17 in
4000 psi
L cover
(n 1)
90 in - (3 in )
9
= 9.67 in
A2
A1
2 N1
1 ft
2
= 2.78 ft
A1 = 20 in
12 in.
56.25 ft 2
2.78 ft 2
0.02d b f y
fc
= 18.7 in Use 19 in
4000 psi
Example Settlement
Determine the footing areas required for equal
settlement (balanced footing design) if the usual live
load is 25% for all footings. The footings are subjected
to dead loads and live loads as indicated by the table.
The net soil pressure is 6 ksf.
Footing Number
120
180
140
190
210
150
220
200
170
240
Example Settlement
Find the ratio of the live load to dead load, the largest
ratio will control the settlement.
Example Settlement
Compute the usual loading for the footing, DL + 0.25LL
Example Settlement
Determine the need area for the footing with the
largest LL/DL ratio.
A=
DL + LL
qnet
140 k + 200 k
= 56.67 ft 2
6 k/ft 2
Example Settlement
Use the qnet (3.353 k/ft2) to determine need area for
each of the other footings to have the same settlement.
Usual Loading
157.5 k
2
Area =
=
= 46.97 ft
q net
3.353 k/ft 2
Compute the qnet for each of the footings
q net
Example Settlement
Use the qnet (3.353 k/ft2) to determine need area for
each of the other footings to have the same settlement.
Footing Number
1
120
150
180
220
140
200
190
170
210
240
Ratio (LL/DL)
1.25
1.22
1.43
0.89
1.14
157.5
235.0
190.0
232.5
270.0
45.00
66.67
56.67
60.00
75.00
New Area(ft2)
46.97
70.09
56.67
69.34
80.53
New qnet
5.75
5.71
6.00
5.19
5.59
12 in
320 k - ft
M0
1
ft
e=
=
= 9.97 in Use 10 in.
P0
385 k
1 ft.
= 300 lb/ft
12 in.
1
ft.
2
12 in.
qeff = qs Wc Ws
= 5000 lb/ft 300 lb/ft 300 lb/ft
2
385 k
= 87.5 ft 2
4.4 k/ft 2
Compute the sizes of the footing if width is 9 ft.
Side of footing =
87.5 ft
9 ft
= 9.72 ft Use 10 ft
d = h cover 1.5d b
d = 24 in. 3 in 1.5(1.0 in )
= 19.5 in.
1 ft
24 in
10 ft
L c
1 ft
1 ft
12
in
d+e =
+ 10 in
19.5 in
2
2
2 2
12 in
12 in
= 3.208 ft
Vu =139.4 k in
short direction
L c
(
)
Vu = qn l2 d + e
2 2
1000 lb
169.4 k
Vu
1k
= 16.53 in.
=
d=
2 fc b
12 in
0.75 2 4000 9 ft
1 ft
bo = 2(c1 + d ) + 2(c2 + d )
= 2(12 in. + 19.5 in.) + 2(24 in. + 19.5 in.) = 150 in.
1 ft
= 2.625 ft
c1 + d = (12 in. + 19.5 in.)
12 in
1 ft
= 3.625 ft
c2 + d = (24 in. + 19.5 in.)
12 in
Vu = Pu qn (c + d )
10 ft
9 ft
= 1.11
Vc = 2 + f c b0 d
c
Vc = s + 2 f c b0 d
bo
Vc = 4 f c b0 d
Vu
1k
=
d=
4
4
2 + f c b0 0.75 2 +
4000 (150 in )
1.11
= 11.84 in.
Vu
40d
+ 2 f c b0
bo
1000 lb
472.2 k
1k
= 9.22 in.
=
40(19.5 in )
0.75
+ 2 4000 (150 in )
150 in
1000 lb
472.2 k
Vu
1k
d=
=
4 f c b0 0.75 4 4000 (150 in )
= 16.59 in.
1 ft
24 in
10 ft
1 ft
L c
12
in
= 4.83 ft
+e =
+ 10 in
2
2
12 in
2 2
L c
+
e
L
c
2 2
M u = qn + e
b
2
2 2
(
4.83 ft )
(9 ft ) = 616.2 k - ft
= 5.87 k/ft (4.83 ft )
2
Mu
1 ft
= 0.1801 ksi
Ru = 2 =
bd
12 in
2
9 ft
* (19.5 in )
1 ft
0.1801 ksi
1.7 (1.7 ) 41.7
0.9(4 ksi )
=
= 0.05158
2
fy
0.05158(4 ksi )
= 0.05158 =
= 0.00344
60 ksi
fc
2
fy
60000
L 2 * cover
(n 1)
108 in - 2(3 in )
10
= 10.2 in
1 ft
12 in
L c 9 ft
12 in = 4 ft
=
2
2
2 2
L c
(
4 ft )
L c 2 2
(10 ft )
M u = qn
b = 5.87 k/ft (4 ft )
2
2
2 2
= 469.6 k - ft
Mu
1 ft
Ru = 2 =
bd
12 in
2
10 ft
* (19.5 in )
1 ft
= 0.1235 ksi
1.7 Ru
=0
f c
4 ksi
=
= 0.03503
2
fy
0.03503(4 ksi )
= 0.03503 =
= 0.00234
60 ksi
fc
12 in.
2
(
)
As = bd = 0.0023410 ft
19.5 in. = 5.46 in
1 ft
200
fy
200
(120 in.)(19.5 in.) = 7.80 in 2
bd =
60000
As
Ab
7.80 in 2
0.44 in
Total reinforcement
+ 1 1.11 + 1
(n 1)
108 in
= 6.75 in
16
L cover
n
6 in - 3in
1
= 3 in
A2
A1
2 N1
1 ft
1 ft
2
A1 = 12 in
24 in
= 2 ft
12 in.
12 in.
0.02d b f y
fc
= 18.97 in Use 19 in
4000 psi
fy
fydb
ld =
20 f c
(
60000 psi )(1.0 in )
=
= 47.4 in
20 f c
20 4000 psi
L
2
cover
c
2
144 in
2
3 in
18 in
2
= 60 in
fy
db
f ydb
ld =
25 f c
25 f c
(
60000 psi )(0.75 in )
=
= 28.5 in
25 4000 psi
L
2
cover
c
2
102 in
2
3 in
18 in
2
= 39 in
Lecture Goals
Serviceability
Crack width
Moments of inertia
Introduction
Recall:
Ultimate Limit States
Lead to collapse
Introduction
Types of Serviceability Limit States
- Excessive crack width
- Excessive deflection
- Undesirable vibrations
- Fatigue (ULS)
public concern)
Leakage
Corrosion
(Liquid-retaining structures)
(cracks can speed up occurrence
of corrosion)
rust )
0.013 in.
= 0.076 f s 3 d c A
= Crack width in units of 0.001 in.
= Distance from NA to bottom
(tension) fiber, divided by
distance to reinforcement.
=(h-c)/(d-c)
fs = Service load stress in
reinforcement in ksi
= 0.076 f s 3 d c A
dc = Distance from extreme tension
fiber to center of reinforcement
located closest to it, (in.)
A = effective tension area of
concrete surrounding tension
bars (w/ same centroid)
divided by # bars. (for 1 layer
of bars A = (2dc b)/n
z = fs 3 dc A
Note: = 0.076 z
( =1.2 for beams)
Exposure Condition
Dry air or protective membrane
Humidity, moist air, soil
Deicing chemicals
Seawater and seawater spray
0.016 in.
0.004 in.
0.012 in.
0.007 in.
0.006 in.
f s = 0.60 f y
fy
1.55
0.90
Example Crack
Given: A beam with bw= 14 in. Gr 60 steel 4 #8
with 2 #6 in the second layer with a #4 stirrup.
Determine the crack width limit, z for exterior
and interior limits (145 k/in and 175 k/in.).
Example Crack
Compute the center of the steel for the given bars.
As = 4 #8 bars + 2 # 6 bars
= 4 ( 0.79 in 2 ) + 2 ( 0.44 in 2 )
= 4.04 in 2
Example Crack
The locations of the center of the bars are
db
y1 = cover + d stirrup +
2
1.0 in.
= 1.5 in. + 0.5 in.+
2
= 2.5 in.
db
d b2
y2 = 2.5 in. + + d b +
2
2
1.0 in.
0.75 in.
= 2.5 in. +
+ 1.0 in.+
2
2
= 4.375 in.
Example Crack
Compute the center of the steel for the given bars.
yA
y=
A
i
= 2.91 in.
4.04 in 2
Example Crack
Compute number of equivalent bars, n. Use the
largest bar.
n=
Ai
Abar
4.04 in
=
= 5.11
2
0.79 in
Example Crack
The effective service load stress is
z = fs d c A = ( 36 ksi )
3
= 122.9 k/in.
Example Crack
The limits magnitude of z term.
122.9 k/in. < 145 k/in. - Interior exposure
122.9 k/in. < 175 k/in. - Exterior exposure
Crack width is
w = 0.076 z
= 0.076 (1.2 )(122.9 )
= 11.2
or = 0.0112 in.
Deflection Control
Reasons to Limit Deflection
(1.)
Visual Appearance
1
>
* l are generally visible
250
( 25 ft. span 1.2 in. )
(2.)
Deflection Control
(3.)
Disruption of function
- sensitive machinery, equipment
- ponding of rain water on roofs
(4.)
Allowable Deflections
ACI Table 9.5(a) = min. thickness unless s are
computed
ACI Table 9.5(b) = max. permissible computed
deflection
Allowable Deflections
Flat Roofs ( no damageable nonstructural elements
supported)
LL(inst )
l
180
Allowable Deflections
Floors ( no damageable nonstructural elements
supported )
LL(inst )
l
180
Allowable Deflections
Roof or Floor elements (supported nonstructural
elements likely damaged by
large s)
480
Allowable Deflections
Roof or Floor elements ( supported nonstructural
elements not likely to be
damaged by large s )
l
240
Allowable Deflections
allow
I cr I e I gt
M
cr
Ie =
Ma
M cr
* I gt + 1
* I cr
M a
fr Ig
Igt
yt
= Moment of inertia of transformed cross-section
fr
cr
Ie =
Ma
M cr
* I gt + 1
* I cr
M a
cr
Ie =
Ma
M cr
I
* Ig + 1
*
cr
M a
or
M
cr
I e = I cr + (I g I cr )
Ma
M
EI
slope =
= EI
Moment of Inertia
For wc = 90 to 155 lb/ft3
Ec = 33 f c
1.5
c
(psi )
Ec = 57000 f c
(ACI 8.5.1)
(psi )
M = wl
12
M = wl
24
M = wl
12
2 ends continous :
I e1 = I e@ end 1
I e2 = I e@ end 2
Uncracked Transformed
Section
Part
Concrete
As
As
Area
bw*h
As
As
y *n A
y=
n A
i
*
i
*
i
n*Area
bw*h
(n-1)As
(n-1)As
n* A
yi
0.5*h
d
d
yi*(n)A
0.5*bw*h2
(n-1)*As*d
(n-1)*As*d
yi *n* Ai
2
+ nAs d
by
by + nAs y = by + nAs d
yi Ai
2
=
y=
by + nAs
b 2
y + nAs y nAs d = 0
2
y +
2
2nAs
b
2nAs d
b
=0
n=
Es
Ec
=0
2
2
I cr = by + (n 1)As ( y d ) + nAs (d y )
3
Note:
n=
Es
Ec
1 3
h
I gt = bh + bh y
12
1 4 4 4 2 4 4 423
concrete
2
2
+ (n 1)As ( y d ) + (n 1)As ( y d )
1 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 43
Note:
steel
Ig =
1
12
bh
y +
2
bw
(
be bw ) t 2 + 2(n 1)As + 2nAs d
bw
=0
t
3
I cr = be y + bet y
+ bw ( y t )
12
1 4 4 4 2 4 4 423 13 4 2 4 3
1
beam
flange
+ (n 1)As ( y d ) + nAs (d y )
1 4 4 4 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 43
2
steel
1000 lb
= 3605 ksi
y i (in)
y i *n*area (in2)
I (in4)
d (in)
d2*n*area(in4)
A's
7.04
1.2
8.448
2.5
21.12
-9.756
804.10
As
7.04
2.4
16.896
21.5
363.26
9.244
1443.75
Ac
288
288
12
3456.00
13824
-0.256
18.89
3840.38
13824
313.344
2266.74
yi ni Ai
3840.38 in
y=
=
= 12.26 in.
2
ni Ai 313.34 in
=0
12 in.
2
y + 4.624 y 72.664 = 0
y=
4.624 +
= 6.52 in.
( 4.624 )
2
+ 4 ( 72.664 )
I cr = by + (n 1)As ( y d ) + nAs (d y )
3
1
3
I cr = (12 in.)( 6.52 in.)
3
+ ( 7.04 ) (1.2 in
= 5575.22 in 4
I cr 5575.22 in
=
= 0.346
4
I g 16090.7 in
I cr 0.35 I g
0.0075
217.5
fs = Es s = 29000 0.003
= 87
c
c
217.5
Cs = As ( fs 0.85 f c ) = (1.2 in ) 87
261
= 100.32
c
2
43.68 +
= 3.44 in.
s =
( 0.003) = 0.0008 = 0.00207
3.44 in.
c = 3.44 in.
y = 6.52 in.
My
=
I
The maximum tension stress in tension is
f r = 7.5 f c = 7.5 4000
= 474.3 psi 0.4743 ksi
I
My
=
M =
I
y
M cr ( + )
M cr ( )
) = 650.2 k-in.
) = 622.6 k-in.
Curvature
increases
Increase in compressive
strains cause increase in
stress in compression
reinforcement (reduces
creep strain in concrete)
1 + 50
Instantaneous deflection
ACI 9.5.2.5
As
bd
2.0
1.4
1.2
1.0
after attachment of
total
N/S components
= total DL (inst )
DL (inst )
LL (inst ) + DL (inst )
Full DL and LL
b
Flange
Web
h
84
15.5
4.5
12
Area
378
186
564
yi
17.75
7.75
Ai * yi
6709.5
1441.5
8151
yi Ai
8151 in
y=
=
= 14.45 in 14.5 in
2
Ai 564 in
1 3
2
I g = bh + Ad
12
1
3
2
2
= ( 84 in )( 4.5 in ) + ( 378 in ) (17.75 in - 14.45 in )
12
1
3
2
2
+ (12 in )(15.5 in ) + (186 in ) ( 7.75 in - 14.45 in )
12
= 16,950 in 4 16900 in 4
M A = ( 0.85wD )( ln ) /11
2
) = 2.40 in
84 in.
y 2 + 0.549 y 7.54 = 0
0.549 30.47
= 2.49 in.
y=
2
I cr ( + )
1 3
2
2
= by + ( n 1) As ( y d ) + nAs ( d y )
3
1
3
= ( 84 in )( 2.49 in )
3
+ ( 6.2 ) ( 0.93 in
+ ( 7.2 ) ( 2.4 in
) (17.5 in 2.49 in )
= 4330 in
) ( 2.5 in 2.49 in )
M
M cr
cr
=
I
+
1
g
Ma
Ma
I e( midspan )
I cr
618 k-in
4
=
(16900 in )
723 k-in
618 k-in 3
4
+ 1
4330 in )
723 k-in
4
= 12200 in
= 13600 in
DL(inst ) =
384 EI
= 0.105 inches
( D + L ) l
(1.62 k/ft )( 33.67 ft )
=
MA =
11
11
= 167 k-ft = 2000 k-in
2
n
MB
D + L ) l
(
=
2
n
16
= 115 k-ft = 1380 k-in
16
As = 3 ( 0.6 in 2 ) = 1.80 in 2
d = 2.5 in
12 in
2 ( n 1) As + 2nAs
2 ( n 1) Asd + 2nAs d
y +
y
=0
b
b
y 2 + 5.94 y 76.05 = 0
2
5.94 340
y=
= 6.25 in.
2
I cr ( + )
1 3
2
2
= by + ( n 1) As ( y d ) + nAs ( d y )
3
1
3
= (12 in )( 6.25 in )
3
+ ( 6.2 ) (1.80 in
) ( 2.5 in 6.25 in )
+ ( 7.2 ) ( 3.4 in
) (17.5 in 6.25 in )
= 4230 in 4
) + 0.15 ( 4230 in
+ 4230 in
DL(inst ) =
LL(inst )
Dl
384 EI
= 0.390 inches
0.62 k/ft
= DL(inst ) *
1.00 k/ft
= 0.242 inches
3 ( 0.31 in 2 )
As ( t )
=
= 0.00221
(t ) =
2bw d 2 (12 in )(17.5 in )
Dead Load (Duration > 5 years)
2.0
=
=
= 1.80
1 + 50 1 + 50 ( 0.00221)
DL( L.T.) = DL DL( inst ) = 1.8 ( 0.390 in ) = 0.702 in
3 ( 0.31 in )
As ( t )
(t ) =
=
= 0.00221
2bw d 2 (12 in )(17.5 in )
2
1.2
=
=
= 1.08
1 + 50 1 + 50 ( 0.00221)
LL( L.T.) = LL LL( inst ) = 1.08 ( 0.242 in )( 0.40 )
= 0.105 in
after attachment
permissible
I e( midspan )
M
M cr
cr
=
I
+
1
Ma
Ma
I cr
618 k-in
4
=
(16900 in )
1380 k-in
618 k-in
+ 1
1380 k-in
4
= 5460 in
4
4330
in
(
)
2000 k-in
= 10800 in 4
I e( avg ) = 0.7 I e( mid ) + 0.15 ( I e1 + I e2 )
4300 in 4
= 0.242 in
= 0.147 in
4
7060 in
4300 in 4
= 0.702 in
= 0.428 in
4
7060 in
4300 in 4
= 0.105 in
= 0.064 in
4
7060 in
( OKAY!)
z = fs 3 dc A
d c = ds = 2.5 in
A e = 2dsb = 2 ( 2.5 in )(12 in ) = 60 in
Ae
60 in 2
2
A=
=
= 15 in
# bars
4
( ACI 10.6.4 )
( 2.5 in ) (15 in )
= 120 k/in < 175 k/in ( OK )
z = ( 36 ksi )
= 0 = RBx
RBx = 0 kips
= 0 = 8 kips + RBy 10 kips 12 kips + RE
RBy + RE = 30 kips
= 0 = 8 kips ( 5 ft ) 10 kips ( 6 ft )
12 kips (10 ft ) + RE ( 20 ft )
RE = 7 kips
RBy = 23 kips
Draw the shear and bending moment diagram with each component.
= 0 = RBx
RBx = 0 kN
= 0 = RA 1.5 kN/m ( 9 m ) 4 kN 4 kN + RB
RA + RBy = 21.5 kN
= 0 = RAx
RAx = 0 kN
= 0 = RAy 3.0 kN/m ( 5 m ) + RBy
RA + RBy = 15.0 kN
= 0 = RAx
RAx = 0 lb
= 0 = RAy 40 lb/ft (12 ft ) 800 lb + RBy
RAy + RBy = 1280 lb
= 0 = 40 lb/ft (12 ft )( 6 ft )
800 lb (14 ft ) + RBy (16 ft )
RBy = 880 lb
RAy = 400 lb
Since I did not cover this in class I will give you the answer and you can work out the
problem.
Draw the free-body diagram of the beam.
= 0 = RAx
RAx = 0 lb
= 0 = RAy 450 lb + RDy 150 lb/ft ( 4 ft )
RAy + RDy = 1050 lb
= 0 = RBx
RBx = 0 lb
= 0 = RAy 2 kips + RBy 100 lb/ft (18 ft )
RAy + RDy = 3.8 kips
The singularity function for the beam from left to right. The brackets represent the
location of the singularity and if the value in the bracket is less than zero then the
component is not turned on.
V ( x ) = 2 kips x + 3.5667 kips x 6 ft 0.1 k/ft x 6 ft + 0.2333 kips x 24 ft
0
0.1 k/ft
x 6 ft
2
Draw the shear and bending moment diagram and the singularity function
representation.
Draw the free-body diagram of the beam.
= 0 = RAx
RAx = 0 lb
= 0 = RAy 2 kips/ft ( 8 ft ) + qB ( 2 ft )
RAy + qB ( 2 ft ) = 16 kips
= 0 = 2 kips/ft ( 8 ft )( 5 ft ) + qB ( 2 ft )(10
qB = 4 kips/ft
RAy = 8 kips
The singularity function for the beam from left to right. The brackets represent the
location of the singularity and if the value in the bracket is less than zero then the
component is not turned on.
V ( x ) = 8 kips x 0.1 k/ft x 1 ft + 0.1 k/ft x 9 ft
0
M ( x ) = 8 kips x
1
2 k/ft
4 k/ft
2
x 1 ft +
x 9 ft
2
2
CVEN 444
Assignment 2
due 6/11/03
The assignment will be review problems and will not be covered in class. You
will need to show free-body diagrams, use an engineering format and be neat!
Draw the shear and bending moment diagram.
= 0 = RAx
RAx = 0
L
= 0 = RAy w + RBy
2
wL
RAy + RBy =
2
L L
M A = 0 = M A w 2 4 + RBy ( L )
wL2
M A + RBy L =
8
Using superposition from the tables for a cantilever beam, distributed load
3
L
w
2
L
B = 4L
24 EI
2
7 wL4
=
384 EI
B =
RBy L3
3 EI
Solve the equation for RBy by setting the deflections equal to one another.
RBy L3
7 wL4
=
3 EI 384 EI
7
RBy =
wL
128
Solve for the other components
wL
57 wL
RAy =
2
128
2
9 wL2
wL
M A + RBy L =
MA =
8
128
RAy + RBy =
= 0 = RAx
RAx = 0
= 0 = RAy q ( L ) + RBy + RCy + RDy + REy
RAy + RBy + RCy + RDy + REy = qL
L
L
L
3 L
= 0 = qL + RBy + RCy + RDy
+ REy ( L )
2
4
2
4
q ( L )
L
L
3 L
RBy + RCy + RDy
+ REy ( L ) =
2
4
2
4
L
q
2
3
4
L
L L
= L3 2 L +
24 EI
4
4 4
19 qL4
=
2048 EI
5 qL4
384 EI
2
19 qL4
3L
=
2048 EI
4
L
Rc
2
4 2
L
L
=
3L 4
48EI
4
4
L3
11
Rc
=
768 EI
L
L3
= Rc
2
48
EI
L3
11
3L
=
768 EI
4
L L
Rd
2
2
4 4 2 L L
L
=
L
6 LEI
4
4 4
L3
7
Rd
768 EI
L L
Rd
2
2
4 2 2 L L
L
=
L
6 LEI
2
4 2
L3
11
Rd
768 EI
L 3L
Rd
2
2
4
4
3L
L 3L
= L2
6 LEI
4
4 4
L3
9
Rd
768 EI
L3
9
L
=
Rb
768 EI
4
L
11
L3
=
Rb
2
768
EI
L3
7
3L
=
Rb
768 EI
4
Put into a matrix form.
9 L3 11 L3 7 L3
19 qL4
Rc =
Rd
3
3
3
7
L
11
L
9
L
19 qL4
Solve for the matrix with the L = 4L for the final results
2
2
8
7 qL 7 q ( 4 L ) 7 qL
Rb
13 13
13
Rc = qL = q ( 4 L ) = qL
R 56 56
14
d 2
2
8
7 qL 7 q ( 4 L ) 7 qL
L 2
L 13
L 2
3 L
= 0 = qL + qL + qL + qL
+ REy ( L )
2 7
4 56
2 7
4
11q ( L ) 11q ( 4 L ) 11qL
REy ( L ) =
=
=
112
112
28
11q ( L )
2
13
2
RAy + qL + qL + qL +
= qL
7
56
7
112
11q ( L ) 11q ( 4 L ) 11qL
RAy ( L ) =
=
=
112
112
28
L
= 0 = RAy q + RBy + RCy
2
qL
RAy + RBy + RCy =
2
L 3 L
L
M A = 0 = M A + RBy 2 q 2 4 + RCy ( L) + M C
3q ( L )
L
RBy + M A + M C + RCy ( L ) =
8
2
L L
q
2 2
L
L
= 3L +
12 EI
2
2
7 qL4
=
192 EI
q 4
L
L
( L) =
3L 4 L +
24 EI
2
2
3
41 qL4
=
384 EI
q 3 L
( L) =
L
6 EI
2
=
7 qL3
48 EI
3
L
RBy
L
2
=
3EI
2
L3
1
=
RBy
24
EI
2
L
RBy
2 3L L
( L) =
6 EI
2
3
L
5
=
RBy
48
EI
1
8
L2
EI
( L ) = RBy
L
RCy
L
2 3L L
=
6 EI
2
2
L3
5
RCy
=
48
EI
1
3
L3
EI
( L ) = RCy
L2
1
( L ) = RCy
2
EI
L2
= MC
2 8
EI
L2
1
( L) = MC
2
EI
L
EI
( L) = M C
Put into a matrix form.
1 L3
24 EI
5 L3
48 EI
3
1 L
8 EI
5 L3
48 EI
1 L3
3 EI
1 L2
2 EI
7 qL4
1 L2
8 EI
192 EI
RBy
4
1 L2
41 qL
R
=
Cy
2 EI
384 EI
M C
7 qL4
L
EI
48 EI
Solve for the matrix with the L = 2L for the final results
1
1
1
4 qL 4 q ( 2 L ) 2 qL
RBy
9
9
9
qL =
q ( 2 L ) = qL
RCy =
M 32
32
16
C 5
5
5
2
2
2
192 qL 192 q ( 2 L ) 48 qL
RAy =
qL
16
5q ( L )
qL L
L 3L 9qL
M A = 0 = M A + 4 2 q 2 4 + 32 ( L) + 192
11q ( L )
11q ( 2 L )
11qL2
MA =
=
=
192
192
48
2
(10 m ) =
(( 20 m )
( 4 m ) (10 m
1
= 14200 ( kN-m3 )
EI
(10 m ) =
5qL4
768 EI
5 ( 24 kN/m )( 20 m ) 1
=
768
EI
1
= 25000 ( kN-m3 )
EI
4
(10 m ) =
RBy L3
48EI
5 ( 20 m )
500 m3
=
RBy =
RBy
48EI
3EI
3
500 m3
1
1
+ 25000 ( kN-m3 )
RBy = 14200 ( kN-m3 )
EI
EI
3 EI
RBy = 235.2 kN
Solve for other components
235.2 kN (10 m ) + RCy ( 20 m ) = 4200 kN-m
RCy = 92.4 kN
RAy = 62.4 kN
Pbx 2 2
L b x2 )
(
6 LEI
( 30 k )(15 ft )( 70 ft )
=
6 (100 ft ) EI
( 30 ft ) =
((100 ft )
(15 ft ) ( 30 ft )
(15 ft ) ( 70 ft )
1
= 255937.5 ( k-ft 3 )
EI
( 30 k )(15 ft )( 30 ft )
( 70 ft ) =
6 (100 ft ) EI
((100 ft )
1
= 199687.5 ( k-ft 3 )
EI
Pbx 2 2
( L b x2 )
6 LEI
( 60 k )( 40 ft )( 30 ft )
=
6 (100 ft ) EI
( 30 ft ) =
((100 ft )
( 40 ft ) ( 30 ft )
2
( 60 ft ) ( 30 ft )
1
= 900000 ( k-ft 3 )
EI
( 60 k )( 60 ft )( 30 ft )
( 70 ft ) =
6 (100 ft ) EI
((100 ft )
1
= 990000 ( k-ft 3 )
EI
Pbx 2 2
L b x2 )
(
6 LEI
( 40 k )( 20 ft )( 30 ft )
=
6 (100 ft ) EI
( 30 ft ) =
((100 ft )
( 20 ft ) ( 30 ft )
2
1
= 348000 ( k-ft 3 )
EI
( 40 k )( 20 ft )( 70 ft )
( 70 ft ) =
6 (100 ft ) EI
((100 ft )
( 20 ft ) ( 70 ft )
2
( 70 ft ) ( 30 ft )
2
( 30 ft ) ( 30 ft )
1
= 438666.67 ( k-ft 3 )
EI
( 30 ft ) =
=
Pbx 2 2
( L b x2 )
6 LEI
RBy ( 70 ft )( 30 ft )
6 (100 ft ) EI
((100 ft )
1
= 14700 ( ft 3 ) RBy
EI
R ( 30 ft )( 30 ft )
( 70 ft ) =
6 (100 ft ) EI
((100 ft )
1
= 12300 ( ft 3 ) RBy
EI
( 30 ft ) =
=
Pbx 2 2
L b x2 )
(
6 LEI
RCy ( 30 ft )( 30 ft )
6 (100 ft ) EI
((100 ft )
( 30 ft ) ( 30 ft )
2
( 70 ft ) ( 30 ft )
1
= 12300 ( ft 3 ) RCy
EI
R ( 70 ft )( 30 ft )
( 70 ft ) = Cy
6 (100 ft ) EI
((100 ft )
1
= 14700 ( ft 3 ) RCy
EI
By
EI
EI
EI
EI
EI
=
=
and
RBy 32.0853 k
=
RCy 83.9255 k
solve for the other reactions
RAy = 9.8626 k
RDy = 4.1264 k
CVEN 444
Assignment 3
due 6/13/03
The assignment will be review problems and will not be covered in class. You
will need to show free-body diagrams, use an engineering format and be neat!
[1]
Consider a simple rectangular beam( b x h ) reinforced
with steel reinforcement of As. Assume b = 8 in., d = 12
in., h = 14.5 in., As = 3.0 in2 and fc =4 ksi and fy = 60 ksi.
a) Determine the centroid (neutral axis, NA) and
moment of inertia, Ixx for an ideal beam (no
cracks).
b) Determine the NA and moment of inertia, Ixx, of
beam if the beam is cracked and tensile forces
are in the steel only.
n=
Es 29000 ksi
=
= 8.044
Ec
3605 ksi
niAi (in )
n'
1
116
7.044383 21.13315
yi (in)
7.25
12
137.1331
ybar
yiAi (in )
Ii (in )
1094.598 2032.417
403.335979
i i
= 2435.753 in 4
62.15681037
341.1791686
y=
841
2032.417 -0.7320072
253.5978
0
4.01799278
7.982007 in
4
2435.753 in
Itotal
(yi-ybar) (in)
+ 403.336 in 4
8 in.
8 in.
y + 6.033 y 72.396 = 0
y=
( 6.033)
6.033 +
4 ( 72.396 )
= 6.011 in.
or
2
y
y
+ ( 2n ) 2 ( n ) = 0
d
d
2
3.0 in
= 0.03125
=
( 8 in.)(12 in.)
y
=
d
=
( n )
+ 2n n
( (8.044 )( 0.03125) )
= 0.5009144
y = 0.5009144* (12 in.) = 6.011 in.
Compute the cracked moment of inertia
I=
by 3
2
+ ( d y ) nAs
3
[2]
For the given beam with fc = 5 ksi and fy = 60 ksi.
a) Determine the centroid (neutral axis, NA) and
moment of inertia, Ixx for an ideal beam (no
cracks).
b) Determine the NA and moment of inertia, Ixx, of
beam if the beam is cracked and tensile forces
are in the steel only.
n=
Es 29000 ksi
=
= 7.195
Ec 4030.5 ksi
The area of the steel is 4(0.79 in2) = 3.16 in2 Set up a table to find the components for the uncracked
beam.
2
niAi (in )
Material
n'
Concrete
1
264
Removed section
1
-24
Steel
6.195137 19.57663
259.5766
ybar
Ii (in )
(yi-ybar) (in)
11
2
20
2904
-48
391.5327
10648
-32
0
-1.5108821
-10.510882
7.48911786
602.6499166
-2651.48744
1097.9924
3247.533
10616
i i
= 9665.155 in 4
yiAi (in )
12.51088 in
4
9665.155 in
Itotal
yi (in)
-950.8451234
T =C
As fs =
y y0
1
1
f cby f c +
f c ( A0 )
2
2
y
by A0 A0 y0
fs =
+
fc
A
A
A
y
2
2
s
s
s
by A0 A0 y0
+
Es s =
Ec c
A
A
A
y
2
2
s
s
s
A A y
s by A0 A0 y0 Ec
d y by
=
+
=
0 + 0 0
y
c 2 As As As 2 y Es
2nAs nAs nAs 2 y
by 2 A0 y A0 y0
dy=
+
2nAs nAs nAs 2
0=
A y
A
b
y 2 + 1 0 y + 0 0 d
2nAs
nAs
2nAs
A y
A
b
y 2 + 1 0 y + 0 0 d
2nAs
nAs
2nAs
( 24 in 2 ) ( 4 in.)
24 in 2 )
(
12 in.)
(
2
0=
y
1
y
20
in.
+
2
2
2 ( 7.195 ) ( 3.16 in 2 )
( 7.195 ) ( 3.16 in )
2 ( 7.195 ) ( 3.16 in )
0=
1 3 1
2
h
3
I = by b ' h + y b ' h + ( d y ) nAs
3
2
12
2
1
( 4 in.)
1
3
3
= (12 in.)( 8.34 in.) ( 6 in.)( 4 in.) +
( 8.34 in.) ( 6 in.)( 4 in.)
3
12
a)
n=
Es 29000 ksi
=
= 6.568
Ec 4415.2 ksi
The area of the steel is 6(1.00 in2) = 6.0 in2 Set up a table to find the components for the uncracked beam.
2
niAi (in )
n'
1
148.5
1
108
5.568219 33.40931
Material
Web
Flange
Steel
yi (in)
11.25
1.5
17
289.9093
ybar
yiAi (in )
Ii (in )
2400.583 3450.094
8814.881515
i i
= 12264.98 in 4
1309.495323
4965.265196
2540.120996
y=
8.280463 in
4
12264.98 in
Itotal
(yi-ybar) (in)
+ 8814.88 in 4
T =C
As fs =
1
1 y y0
f cby
f c ( A0 )
2
2 y
by
A A y
fs =
0 + 0 0 fc
2 As 2 As As 2 y
by
A A y
0 + 0 0 Ec c
Es s =
2 As 2 As As 2 y
A y
A A y E
A
s by
d y by
=
0 + 0 0 c
=
0 + 0 0
y
c 2 As 2 As As 2 y Es
2nAs 2nAs nAs 2 y
by 2
A y A y
dy=
0 + 0 0
2nAs 2nAs nAs 2
0=
A y
A
b
y 2 + 1 0 y + 0 0 d
2nAs
2nAs
2nAs
A y
A
b
y 2 + 1 0 y + 0 0 d
2nAs
2nAs
2nAs
( ( 27 in.) y 81 in 2 )
( ( 27 in.) y 81 in 2 ) ( 3 in.)
( 36 in.)
2
0=
1
17
in.
y
+
y
+
2 ( 6.586 ) ( 6 in 2 )
2 ( 6.586 ) ( 6 in 2 )
2 ( 6.586 ) ( 6 in 2 )
1 3 1
2
h
3
I = by b ' h + b ' h + ( d y ) nAs
3
2
12
2
1
( 2.36 in.)
1
3
3
3
2
12
CVEN 444
Assignment 4
due 6/16/03
The assignment will be review problems and will not be covered in class. You
will need to show free-body diagrams, use an engineering format and be neat!
Problem 1
For the beam cross-section shown, determine
whether the failure of the beam will be initiated by
crushing of concrete or yielding of steel.
a)
b)
a)
Assume that fy = 60 ksi, fc =3.5 ksi, As =9 in2 1= 0.85
Solve using equilibrium
C =T
a=
As f y
0.85f cb
( 9 in ) ( 60 ksi )
2
= 12.97 in.
Compute c
c=
12.97 in.
= 15.25 in.
0.85
c 15.25 in.
=
= 0.598 >/ 0.6
d 25.5 in.
As
9.0 in 2
=
= 0.0252
bd (14 in.)( 25.5 in.)
min
200
200
f = 60000 = 0.00333
y
=
3 f c = 3 3500 = 0.00296
fy
60000
0.00333
b)
Assume fy = 60 ksi, fc =7.5 ksi, As =4.5 in2
Compute the 1 value.
f c 4000
1000
7500 4000
= 0.85 0.05
= 0.675
1000
1 = 0.85 0.05
As f y
0.85f cb
( 4.5 in ) ( 60 ksi )
2
= 3.03 in.
Compute c
c=
3.03 in.
= 4.48 in.
0.675
As
4.5 in 2
=
= 0.0126
bd (14 in.)( 25.5 in.)
min
200
200
f = 60000 = 0.00333
y
=
3 f c = 3 7500 = 0.00433
fy
60000
0.00433
Problem 2
Calculate the nominal moment strength of the beam
a)
b)
fc = 4500 psi
fc =7000 psi
1000
4500 4000
= 0.85 0.05
= 0.825
1000
1 = 0.85 0.05
As f y
0.85f cb
( 4 in ) ( 60 ksi )
2
= 5.23 in.
Compute c
c=
5.23 in.
= 6.34 in.
0.825
min
200
200
f = 60000 = 0.00333
y
=
3 f c = 3 4500 = 0.00335
fy
60000
0.00335
M n = As f y d
2
5.23 in.
Mu = Mn
1000
7000 4000
= 0.85 0.05
= 0.70
1000
1 = 0.85 0.05
As f y
0.85f cb
( 4 in ) ( 60 ksi )
2
= 3.36 in.
Compute c
3.36 in.
= 4.80 in.
1
0.7
Check the c/d ratio
c=
c 4.80 in.
therefore, tension controlled =0.9
=
= 0.234 < 0.375
d 20.5 in.
The does not change due to the increase in the strength of the concrete so = 0.0163
Compute the minimum, min
min
200
200
f = 60000 = 0.00333
y
=
3 f c = 3 7000 = 0.00418
fy
60000
0.00418
M n = As f y d
2
3.36 in.
Mu = Mn
= 0.9 ( 4516.8 k-in ) = 4065.12 k-in
b)For the l-beam use fy = 60 ksi, fc =4.5 ksi, As =6(0.79 in2 )= 4.74 in2 and 1 = 0.825.
Assume that the 12-in section is going to work, however if it does not need to use area
concrete = 4-in.*12-in. +16-in.*x Solve using equilibrium
C =T
a=
As f y
0.85f cb
( 4.74 in ) ( 60 ksi )
2
= 6.20 in.
Therefore, the uniform distributed load extends beyond the 4 in segment, so rework the
problem.
T =C
As f y = 0.85 f c ( 4 in.)(12 in.) + 0.85 f c ( x )(16 in.)
x=
= 1.65 in.
Compute c
a = 4.0 in. + 1.65 in. = 5.65 in.
a 5.65 in.
c=
=
= 6.85 in.
1 0.825
Check the c/d ratio
c 6.85 in.
therefore, tension controlled =0.9.
=
= 0.304 < 0.375
d 22.5 in.
Check the min of the beam, (use the larger value of b to give a smaller )
As
4.74 in 2
=
= 0.0132
bd (16 in.)( 22.5 in.)
Compute the nominal moment can be done by either solving for location of the center of
the compression zone to compute the moment or break the moment into two sections one
for the (4 in.)(12 in.) area and the other for (1.65 in.) (16 in.) area.
a
a
4.0 in.
1.65 in.
+0.85 ( 4.5 ksi )(1.65 in.)(16 in.) 22.5 in. 4.0 in. +
b)For an L-beam use fy = 60 ksi, fc =7 ksi, As =6(0.79 in2 )= 4.74 in2 and 1 =0.7.
Assume that the 12-in section is going to work, however if it does not need to use area
concrete = 4-in.*12-in. +16-in.*x Solve using equilibrium
C =T
a=
As f y
0.85f cb
( 4.74 in ) ( 60 ksi )
=
2
= 3.98 in.
Compute c
3.98 in.
= 5.69 in.
1
0.7
Check the c/d ratio
c=
c 5.69 in.
therefore, tension controlled =0.9.
=
= 0.253 < 0.375
d 22.5 in.
Check the min of the beam
As
4.74 in 2
=
= 0.0176
bd (12 in.)( 22.5 in.)
M n = As f y d
2
3.98 in.
Mu = Mn
= 0.9 ( 5833.0 k-in.) = 5249.7 k-in
Problem 3
Calculate the safe distributed load intensity that the beam can carry. Assume that the
only dead load is the weight of the beam (use 150 lb/ ft3). Solve for a distributed load for
the live load.
wu = 1.2wDL + 1.6 wLL
Use
fc = 4000 psi
fy =60000 psi
As f y
0.85f cb
( 4 in ) ( 60 ksi )
2
= 5.88 in.
Compute c
a 5.88 in.
=
= 6.92 in.
c=
1
0.85
Check the c/d ratio
c 6.92 in.
therefore, tension controlled =0.9
=
= 0.308 < 0.375
d 22.5 in.
0.00333
min =
3 f c = 3 4000 = 0.00316
f
60000
y
0.0148 > 0.00333 satisfies the ACI code.
Compute the nominal moment
a
M n = As f y d
2
5.88 in.
Mu = Mn
8M
wl 2
Mu =
w= 2u
8
l
8 ( 4224.96 k-in )
w=
= 0.4075 k/in. w = 4.89 k/ft
2
12 in
24 ft 1 ft
Assume that the load is a live load and the dead load is
2
1 ft
DL = 0.15 k/ft 3 (12 in.)( 25 in.)
12 in.
= 0.3125 k/ft.
Compute live load
wu 1.2wDL
1.6
4.89 k/ft. 1.2 ( 0.3125 k/ft )
= 2.822 k/ft
wLL =
1.6
wu = 1.2wDL + 1.6wLL wLL =
CVEN 444
Assignment 5
due 6/18/03
The assignment will be review problems and will not be covered in class.
You will need to show free-body diagrams, use an engineering format and
be neat!
Compute the stresses in the compression steel, fs, for the cross-sections. Compute the
nominal moment strength and determine the reduction factor for determining the ultimate
moment.
fc = 5000 psi
fy =60000 psi
a)
fy = 60 ksi, fc =5 ksi, As =3(1.0 in2 ) =3.0 in2 As =2(0.31 in2 ) =0.62 in2
f 4000
1 = 0.85 0.05 c
1000
5000 4000
= 0.85 0.05
= 0.80
1000
0.85f cb
= 3.36 in.
( 3 in
=
0.62 in 2 ) ( 60 ksi )
Compute c
c=
3.36 in.
= 4.2 in.
0.8
c d
4.2 in. 2.5 in.
cu =
0.003 = 0.00121
4.2 in.
c
s =
( c d )
As f y = As E s
cu + 0.85 f cb1c
c
A E
(
c +
s
s cu
As f y
0.85 f cb1
) c A E
s
s cu
0.85 f cb1
=0
A E
(
0=c +
2
s cu
As f y
0.85 f cb 1
) c A E
s
0=c
0.85 f cb 1
s cu
0 = c 2 3.70765c 3.96618
Solve using a quadratic equation
c=
=
b b 2 4ac
2a
3.70765
c = 4.575 in.
( 3.70765)
2
4 ( 3.96618 )
= 39.46 ksi
Check the min of the beam
As As
bd bd
3 in 2
0.62 in 2
=
= 0.0136
(10 in.)(17.5 in.) (10 in.)(17.5 in.)
eff = =
min =
3 f c = 3 5000 = 0.00354
fy
60000
0.00354
M n = As f y As f s d + As f s( d d )
2
= 2804.21 k-in.
Mu = Mn
b) For the doubly reinforced beam use fy = 60 ksi, fc =5 ksi, As =4(1.0 in2 ) =4.0 in2 As
=2(0.79 in2 ) =1.58 in2 and 1=0.8 Assume the compression steel yields
( A A) f
a=
s
( 4 in
=
1.58 in 2 ) ( 60 ksi )
0.85f cb
= 2.85 in.
Compute c
a 2.85 in.
c=
=
= 3.56 in.
0.8
1
Check the strain
c d
3.56 in. 2.5 in.
s =
cu =
0.003 = 0.00089
3.56 in.
c
Therefore 0.00089 is not greater than 0.00207 so the compression steel does not yield.
Plug in to the equation and solve the quadratic equation.
A E
(
0=c +
2
s cu
As f y
0.85 f cb 1
) c A E
s
0=c
0.85 f cb 1
s cu
0 = c 2 2.51324c 8.42279
Solve using a quadratic equation
b b 2 4ac
c=
2a
=
2.51324
( 2.51324 )
4 ( 8.42279 )
c = 4.419 in.
Check the stress fs
c d
fs = Es s =
cu
c
4.419 in. 2.5 in.
= ( 29000 ksi )
0.003
4.419 in.
= 37.78 ksi
bd bd
4 in 2
1.58 in 2
=
= 0.00938
(12 in.)( 21.5 in.) (12 in.)( 21.5 in.)
Compute the minimum
200
200
f = 60000 = 0.00333
y
0.00354
min =
3 f c = 3 5000 = 0.00354
f
60000
y
eff = =
c 4.419 in.
=
= 0.2055 < 0.375
d
21.5 in.
M n = As f y As fs d + As fs( d d )
2
= 4692.06 k-in.
Mu = Mn
CVEN 444
Assignment 6
due 6/20/03
The assignment will be review problems and will not be covered in class. Use an
engineering format and be neat!
For the given sections (a),(b) and (c) assume fc = 4000 psi and fy =60000 psi
a) For the T-Beam, use fy = 60 ksi, fc =4 ksi, As =6(1.0 in2 ) =6.0 in2 1 =0.85
Assume a rectangular section so that b= 30 in.
a=
As f y
0.85f cb
( 6 in ) ( 60 ksi )
2
= 3.53 in.
The a value is greater than 3 in. therefore the beam must be analyzed as T-beam.
T =C
As f y = 0.85f c ( beff bw ) hf + 0.85f cbw a
a=
As f y 0.85f c ( beff bw ) hf
0.85f cb
= 4.324 in.
Compute c
4.324 in.
= 5.09 in.
1
0.85
Compute the c/d ratio
c=
c 5.09 in.
=
= 0.283 0.375 tension controlled = 0.9
d
18 in.
Check the min of the beam
A
= s
bd
6 in 2
=
= 0.0111
(18 in.)( 30 in.)
Compute the minimum
200
200
=
= 0.00333
f
60000
y
min =
3 f c = 3 4000 = 0.00316
fy
60000
0.00333
M n = 0.85 f c ( beff bw ) hf d f
2
+ 0.85 f cbw a d
2
3.0 in.
4.324 in.
Compute the L-Beam using fy = 60 ksi, fc =4 ksi, As =5(1.0 in2 ) =5.0 in2 1 =0.85
Assume a rectangular section so that b= 28 in.
a=
As f y
0.85f cb
( 5 in ) ( 60 ksi )
2
= 3.15 in.
The a value is greater than 3 in. therefore the beam must be analyzed as L-beam.
T =C
As f y = 0.85f c ( beff bw ) hf + 0.85f cbw a
a=
As f y 0.85f c ( beff bw ) hf
0.85f cb
= 3.282 in.
Compute c
3.282 in.
= 3.86 in.
0.85
1
Compute the c/d ratio
c=
c 3.86 in.
=
= 0.143 0.375 tension controlled = 0.9
27 in.
d
M n = 0.85 f c ( beff bw ) hf d f
2
+ 0.85 f cbw a d
2
3.0 in.
3.282 in.
Compute the L-Beam using fy = 60 ksi, fc =4 ksi, As =4(0.79 in2 ) =3.16 in2 1 =0.85
Assume a rectangular section so that b= 18 in.
a=
As f y
0.85f cb
( 3.16 in ) ( 60 ksi )
=
2
= 3.10 in.
The a value is less than 3.5 in. therefore the beam must be analyzed as rectangular beam.
Compute c
a 3.10 in.
c=
=
= 3.64 in.
0.85
1
Compute the c/d ratio
c 3.64 in.
=
= 0.202 0.375 tension controlled = 0.9
d
18 in.
Check the min of the beam
A
= s
bd
3.16 in 2
=
= 0.00975
(18 in.)(18 in.)
M n = ( As f y ) d
2
3.10 in.
= 3118.9 k-in.
Mu = Mn
= 0.9 ( 3118.9 k-in.) = 2807.0 k-in.
CVEN 444
Assignment 7
due 6/23/03
The assignment will be review problems and will not be covered in class. Use an
engineering format and be neat!
1) What is the minimum thickness of a ribbed one-way slab, if one end is continuous
and length is 18 ft?
From table 9.5 a from ACI for a continuous slab
12 in.
18 ft
l
1 ft
=
= 11.68 in. Use 12.0 in.
18.5
18.5
2) What is the pattern loading to obtain the maximum moment at 1 (center of the beam)
for uniform dead load, wD, and a uniform live load, wL. Use the first figure to draw
the qualitative influence lines and the second figure to show the loading pattern.
3) What is the pattern loading to obtain the maximum shear at 2 (center of the beam) for
uniform dead load, wD, and a uniform live load, wL. Use the first figure to draw the
qualitative influence lines and the second figure to show the loading pattern.
4. Determine beff , if bw =10 in., L1 = 7 ft, and L2 = 24 ft. and hf = 4 in. for both the
spandrel beam(L-beam and T-beam)
L
1 ft + 10 in. = 34 in.
beff
+ bw =
12
12
6hf + bw = 6 ( 4 in.) + 10 in. = 34 in.
bactual
Use 34 in.
clear distance
= bw + 0.5*
= 10 in. +
to next web
12 in.
7 ft
1 ft = 52 in.
2
L
1 ft = 72 in.
beff
=
4
4
16hf + bw = 16 ( 4 in.) + 10 in. = 74 in.
bactual
Use 52 in.
12 in.
7 ft
clear distance
1 ft = 52 in.
= bw + 0.5*
=
+
10
in.
2
to next web
5. Design the eight-span east west in figure. A typical 1-ft wide design strip is
shaded. A partial section through this strip is shown. The beams are assumed to
be 14 in. wide. The concrete strength is 4500 psi and the reinforcement strength
is 60 ksi. The live load is 140 psf and dead load of 80 psf.
4500 4000
= 0.825
1000
1 = 0.85 0.05
Design for 1-ft wide strip, as if it were a singly reinforced section From table 9.5a
12 in.
18 ft
l
1 ft. = 9.0 in. for an external bay
=
24
24
12 in.
18 ft
l
1 ft. = 7.7 in. for an internal bay
=
28
28
Use a h = 9 in. and assume that d ~8 in. (0.75-in cover and use a #4 bar d =0.5-in.)
Compute self-weight of the beam
1 ft.
1 ft.
3
wself = bh = (12 in.)
( 9 in.)
( 0.15 k/ft )
12
in.
12
in.
= 0.1125 k/ft
Compute the moment action on the beam or 1 ft strip.
wu = 1.2 wDL + 1.6 wLL = 1.2 ( 0.080 k/ft + 0.1125 k/ft ) + 1.6 ( 0.140 k/ft )
= 0.455 k/ft
w l 2 ( 0.455 k/ft )(18 ft.)
Mu = u =
10
10
= 14.742 k-ft. 176.9 k-in.
176.9 k-in.
0.9
= 196.56 k-in.
Mn =
Assume that d-a/2 ~0.9d =0.9(8 in.) = 7.2 in. Solve for As
a
Mn
M n = As f y d As =
a
2
fy d
2
196.56 k-in.
As =
( 60 ksi )( 7.2 in.)
= 0.455 in 2
Use 0.455 in2 per 1 ft strip. Check the minimum amount of steel
min
200
200
f = 60000 = 0.00333
y
=
3 f c = 3 4500 = 0.003354
fy
60000
0.003354
Compute a with As = 0.31 in2 * (12 in./8 in.) = 0.465 in2 per foot
a=
As f y
0.85f cb
( 0.465 in ) ( 60 ksi )
2
= 0.608 in.
Compute c
a 0.608 in.
c=
=
= 0.74 in.
1
0.825
The c/d = 0.74 in/7.93 in = 0.093 < 0.375, therefore tension controlled and = 0.9
Compute Mn for the strip.
a
M n = ( As f y ) d
2
0.608 in.
18 in.
0.2 in 2
s=
12 in.)
2 (
0.194 in
= 12.35 in. Use s= 12.0 in.
Use #4 bar at 12.0 in spacing.
CVEN 444
Assignment 8
due 6/25/03
The assignment will be review problems and will not be covered in class. Use an
engineering format and be neat!
1. For the beam create a envelope for the shear and for the bending moment. If the
loads wL = 3.0 k/ft and wD =1.2 k/ft
You can compute the shear and bending moment diagrams using superposition
tables, Visual analysis to find the reactions, There were six loadings, I looked at
to obtain the envelope.
Uniform load (dead and live) over the entire beam: Ray = 46.38k Rby=156.42 k,
Rcy=156.42k and Rdy= 46.38k
Loading
7
6
kips
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
x (ft)
40
45
50
55
60
65
Shear
100
80
60
40
kips
20
0
-20 0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
40
45
50
55
60
65
-40
-60
-80
-100
x (ft)
Bending Moment
200
Moment (k-ft)
100
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
-100
-200
-300
-400
x (ft)
50
55
60
65
Uniform load (dead and live) over 2/3 of beam: Ray = 44.77k Rby=163.94 k,
Rcy=96.74k and Rdy= 4.155k
Load
7
6
kips
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
k & k-ft
100
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
-100
-200
-300
-400
x (ft)
Shear
Bending Moment
50
55
60
65
Uniform load (dead and live) over 2/3 of beam: Ray =4.155 k Rby=96.74k,
Rcy=163.94 k and Rdy= 44.77k
Load
7
6
kips
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
50
55
60
65
x(ft)
load
k & k-ft
100
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
-100
-200
-300
-400
x (ft)
Shear
Bending Moment
Uniform load (dead and live) split over the two outside sections of the beam:
Ray =54.53k Rby=88.27k, Rcy=88.27 k and Rdy= 54.53k
load
7
6
kips
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
50
55
60
x (ft)
load
k & k-ft
150
100
50
0
-50 0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
-100
-150
-200
x (ft)
Shear
Bending Moment
65
Uniform load (dead and live) split over the center sections of the beam:
Ray =2.55k Rby=104.25k, Rcy=104.25 k and Rdy= 2.55k
load
7
6
kips
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
50
55
60
X (ft)
load
k & k-ft
100
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
-100
-200
-300
x (ft)
Shear
Bending Moment
65
Possible Shear
100
50
kips
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
-50
-100
-150
x (ft)
DL only
Split
DL+LL
Middle
DL+2/3LL
Max Shear
DL+2/3LL(2)
Min Shear
Shear Envelope
100
50
0
kips
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
-50
-100
-150
x(ft)
Maximum Shear
Minimum Shear
50
55
60
65
65
k-ft
100
0
-100
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
-200
-300
-400
x (ft)
DL only
DL+LL
DL+2/3LL
DL+2/3LL(2)
Split
Middle
Maximum
Minimum
100
k-ft
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
-100
-200
-300
-400
x (ft)
Maximum Moment
Minimum Moment
55
60
65
65
5.5
Design the simply supported beam as rectangular sections.
Given
fc = 5000 psi normal weight concrete
fy =60000 psi
5000 4000
1000
1 = 0.85 0.05
= 0.8
Assume a single layer of steel, so d = h. - 2.5 in.. Assume that the tension controlled so
that = 0.9 and Mu = 110 k-ft Assume a k=0.30 and 1= 0.80 k = 1*k =
0.80*(0.30)=0.24
1320 k-in
=
0.9
= 1466.67 k-in
Mn =
Mu
Find a from k = 0.24 and compute the Ru , needed for a singly reinforced beam.
k
Ru = 0.85 f c k 1
2
( 0.24 )
Anet = 0.85 ( 5 ksi )( 0.24 ) 1
= 0.8976 ksi
Compute the size of the beam and assume b~0.55d, you can use any reasonable b
bd 2 =
M n 1466.67 k-in.
=
0.8976 ksi
Ru
Compute the total area of steel needed as if it were a singly reinforced beam.
c = kd = 0.3 (14.5 in.) = 4.35 in.
As( total) =
= 1.92 in 2
Select the steel so that tension steel is greater or equal to 1.92 in2
Select 2 # 9 bars (1.00 in2) for the tension steel (AT = 2.00 in2)
( 2.00 in ) ( 60 ksi )
=
2
As f y
0.85f cb
= 3.53 in.
Compute c
a 3.53 in.
c=
=
= 4.41 in.
0.8
1
The c/d = 4.41 in/14.5 in = 0.304 < 0.375, therefore tension controlled and = 0.9
Compute Mn.
a
M n = ( As f y ) d
2
3.53 in.
= 1528.24 k-in.
min =
3 f c = 3 5000 = 0.00354
fy
60000
0.00354
The beam is over-designed by 4.2. %, which is less than 10%. Check to see if the bars
will fit in the beam using 2 bars (#9 with #3 stirrups)
s=
b nd b 2 ( cover + dstirrup )
n 1
8 in. 2 (1.128 in.) 2 (1.5 in. + 0.375 in.)
=
1
= 1.994 in.
b) Compute the moment of the beam. Assume that the beam has h=20 in. and b= 10 in.
so that the self-weight of the beam is
1 ft.
1 ft.
3
wself = bd = ( 20 in.)
(10 in.)
( 0.15 k/ft )
12 in.
12 in.
= 0.208 k/ft
kips
5
0
-5
10
15
20
15
20
-10
-15
ft
Bending Moment
100
k-ft
80
60
40
20
0
0
10
ft
1000
1 = 0.85 0.05
= 0.8
Assume a single layer of steel, so d = h. - 2.5 in.. Assume that the tension controlled so
that = 0.9 and Mu = 92.5 k-ft Assume a k=0.25 and 1= 0.80 k = 1*k =
0.80*(0.25)=0.2
92.5 k-ft
=
0.9
= 102.78 k-ft 1233.33 k-in.
Mn =
Mu
Find a from k = 0.2 and compute the Ru , needed for a singly reinforced beam.
k
Ru = 0.85 f c k 1
2
( 0.2 )
Anet = 0.85 ( 5 ksi )( 0.2 ) 1
= 0.765 ksi
Compute the size of the beam and assume b~0.5d, you can use any reasonable b
bd 2 =
M n 1233.33 k-in.
=
Ru
0.765 ksi
Mn =
Mu
Compute d
bd 2 =
M n 1180 k-in.
=
Ru
0.765 ksi
= 1.64 in 2
(1.58 in ) ( 60 ksi )
=
2
As f y
0.85f cb
= 2.79 in.
Compute c
a 2.79 in.
=
= 3.49 in.
c=
1
0.8
The c/d = 3.49 in/14.5 in = 0.24 < 0.375, therefore tension controlled and = 0.9
Compute Mn.
a
M n = ( As f y ) d
2
2.79 in.
= 1242.44 k-in.
min =
3 f c = 3 5000 = 0.00354
fy
60000
0.00354
The beam is over-designed by 5.9. %, which is less than 10%. Check to see if the bars
will fit in the beam using 2 bars (#8 with #3 stirrups)
s=
b nd b 2 ( cover + dstirrup )
n 1
8 in. 2 (1.00 in.) 2 (1.5 in. + 0.375 in.)
=
1
= 2.25 in.
c) Compute the moment of the beam. Assume that the beam has h=20 in. and b= 10 in.
so that the self-weight of the beam is
1 ft.
1 ft.
3
wself = bd = ( 20 in.)
(10 in.)
( 0.15 k/ft )
12 in.
12 in.
= 0.208 k/ft
kips
5
0
-5 0
10
15
20
15
20
-10
-15
ft
Bending Moment
60
50
k-ft
40
30
20
10
0
0
10
ft
1000
1 = 0.85 0.05
= 0.8
Assume a single layer of steel, so d = h. - 2.5 in.. Assume that the tension controlled so
that = 0.9 and Mu = 52.5 k-ft Assume a k=0.25 and 1= 0.80 k = 1*k =
0.80*(0.25)=0.2
52.5 k-ft
=
0.9
= 58.33 k-ft 700 k-in.
Mn =
Mu
Find a from k = 0.2 and compute the Ru , needed for a singly reinforced beam.
k
Ru = 0.85 f c k 1
2
( 0.2 )
Anet = 0.85 ( 5 ksi )( 0.2 ) 1
= 0.765 ksi
Compute the size of the beam and assume b~0.5d, you can use any reasonable b
bd 2 =
M n 700 k-in.
=
Ru 0.765 ksi
0.9
Mn =
Mu
Compute d
bd 2 =
M n 620.83 k-in.
=
Ru
0.765 ksi
Use d= 12.5 in and b= 7 in to save on re-computing the moment again. Compute the total
area of steel needed
c = kd = 0.25 (12.5 in.) = 3.125 in.
As( total) =
= 1.24 in 2
(1.2 in ) ( 60 ksi )
2
As f y
0.85f cb
= 2.42 in.
Compute c
a 2.42 in.
=
= 3.03 in.
c=
1
0.8
The c/d = 3.03 in/12.5 in = 0.242 < 0.375, therefore tension controlled and = 0.9
Compute Mn.
a
M n = ( As f y ) d
2
2.42 in.
= 812.87 k-in.
min =
3 f c = 3 5000 = 0.00354
fy
60000
0.00354
The beam is over-designed by 30.3. %, which is greater than 10%. If we were to use 3#5
bars we would get 3.9% over-design. Check to see if the bars will fit in the beam using 2
bars (#7 with #3 stirrups)
s=
b nd b 2 ( cover + dstirrup )
n 1
7 in. 2 ( 0.875 in.) 2 (1.5 in. + 0.375 in.)
=
1
= 1.5 in.
CVEN 444
Assignment 9
due 6/27/03
Assume that the weight of the beam has been included in the ultimate
moment. Check that the beam has met the ACI standard. Sketch the
final design. Use b= 0.5d. You may want to use a double layer of
steel.
Compute the 1 value
5000 4000
1000
1 = 0.85 0.05
= 0.8
Assume that the tension controlled so that = 0.9 Assume a k=0.275 and
1= 0.8, because fc =5 ksi so that k = 1*k = 0.8*(0.275) =0.22
k '
Ru = 0.85 f c k ' 1
2
( 0.22 )
= 0.85 ( 5 ksi )( 0.22 ) 1
= 0.83215 ksi
You can use various k value to design the beam as long as k < 0.375 Find
bd2 from b= 0.5 d
Mu
Mu
2
2
bd =
Ru bd =
Ru
350 k-ft 12 in.
0.9 1 ft.
2
bd =
0.83215 ksi
= 5608 in 3
5608 in 3
= 22.38 in.
0.5
and
b= 0.5(22.38 in.) = 11.19 in.
Use d =22.5 in and b = 12.in.
The dimensions and maximum moment have been determined. Assume that
k = 0.22 and a = kd= 0.22*(22.5in.) = 4.95 in. and compute the amount of
steel needed.
f y As = 0.85 f cba As =
As =
0.85 f cba
fy
= 4.21 in 2
Select 4 # 9 bars, so that As = 4(1.00 in2) = 4.00 in2. Compute the new a and
c values.
( 60 ksi ) ( 4.00 in 2 )
=
a=
0.85 f cb 0.85 ( 5 ksi )(12 in.)
f y As
= 4.706 in.
a 4.706 in.
=
= 5.882 in.
c=
0.8
1
Check the min and the beam will meet the condition ACI 10.5.1
min
200
200
=
= 0.00333
f
60000
y
= larger of
min = 0.00354
3 f c = 3 5000 = 0.00354
fy
60000
As
4.00 in 2
=
bd (12 in.)( 22.5 in.)
t =
0.003 =
c
2
2
= 4835.3 k-in.
The beam is over-designed by 3.61 %, which is less than 10%. Check to see
if the bars will fit in the beam using 4 bars (#9 with #3 stirrups)
s=
b nd b 2 ( cover + dstirrup )
n 1
12 in. 4 (1.128 in.) 2 (1.5 in. + 0.375 in.)
=
3
= 1.25 in.
and spacing will be 1.25 in. between bars. If you use 7 #7 bars (4.20 in2) ,
which would result in 8.16% over-designed. However, you would need to
use a double layer of steel.
The load for a continuous beam with (> 2 spans) and design for the interior
negative moment of the beam and 2.5 k/ft/1.75 k/ft < 3 (ACI 8.3.3). The
moment will have the largest magnitude so it will determine the dimensions
of the beam.
w l 2 ( 6.1 k/ft )( 26 ft.)
Mu = u n =
11
11
= 375.0 k-ft
Assume that the tension controlled so that = 0.9 Assume a k=0.3 and 1=
0.85, because fc =4 ksi so that k = 1*k = 0.85*(0.300) =0.255
k '
Ru = 0.85 f c k ' 1
2
( 0.255 )
= 0.85 ( 4 ksi )( 0.255 ) 1
= 0.7565 ksi
You can use various k value to design the beam as long as k < 0.375
Find bd2 from b= 0.55 d
Mu
Mu
2
2
Ru bd =
bd =
Ru
0.9
1 ft.
bd 2 =
0.7565 ksi
= 6610 in 3
6610 in 3
= 22.91 in.
0.55
and
b= 0.55(22.91 in.) = 12.6 in.
Use d =23.5 in and b = 13.in. Now go back and solve with the new area and
use a double layer of steel so h = 27 in. and dead load will be w = 0.366 k/ft
so that wu = 6.12 k/ft and Mu = 376.1 k-ft and using same assumptions, d =
22.93-in. and b=12.61-in. So stick with d= 23.5-in. and 13-in.
The dimensions and maximum moment have been determined. Assume that
k = 0.255 and a = kd= 0.255*(23.5in.) = 5.99 in. and compute the amount
of steel needed.
f y As = 0.85 f cba As =
As =
0.85 f cba
fy
= 4.41 in 2
Select 4#8 bars and 2#7 bars, so that As = 4(0.79 in2)+2(0.60 in2) = 4.36 in2.
Compute the new a and c values.
( 60 ksi ) ( 4.36 in 2 )
=
a=
0.85 f cb 0.85 ( 4 ksi )(13 in.)
f y As
= 5.919 in.
a 5.919 in.
=
= 6.963 in.
c=
0.85
1
Check the min and the beam will meet the condition ACI 10.5.1
min
200
200
=
= 0.00333
f
60000
y
= larger of
min = 0.00333
3 f c = 3 4000 = 0.00316
fy
60000
As
4.36 in 2
=
bd (13 in.)( 23.5 in.)
t =
2
2
= 5373.5 k-in.
The beam is over-designed by 7.15 %, which is less than 10%. Check to see
if the bars will fit in the beam using 4 bars (#8 with #3 stirrups) per row
s=
b nd b 2 ( cover + dstirrup )
n 1
13 in. 4 (1.0 in.) 2 (1.5 in. + 0.375 in.)
=
3
= 1.75 in.
Compute the factored load of the beam for the positive moment
wu = 1.2 wDL + 1.6 wLL
The load for a continuous beam with (> 2 spans) and design for the interior
positive moment of the beam and 2.5 k/ft/1.77 k/ft < 3 (ACI 8.3.3). The
moment will have the largest magnitude so it will determine the dimensions
of the beam.
wu ln2 ( 6.12 k/ft )( 26 ft.)
Mu =
=
16
16
= 258.6 k-ft
bd
258.6 k-ft 12 in.
0.9
1 ft.
Ru =
2
(13.0 in.)( 24.5 in.)
= 0.4419 ksi
Compute k from
2 Ru
k '
Ru = 0.85 f c k ' 1 k 2 2k +
=0
2
0.85 f c
2 ( 0.4419 ksi )
2 Ru
k = 1 1
= 1 1
0.85 f c
0.85 ( 4 ksi )
= 0.140
The value for a = k*d = 0.140*24.5 in. =3.43 in. The area of steel can be
computed
f y As = 0.85 f cba As =
As =
0.85 f cba
fy
= 2.52 in 2
Select 2#8 bars and 2#7 bars, so that As = 2(0.79 in2)+2(0.60 in2) = 2.78 in2.
Compute the new a and c values.
a=
f y As
0.85 f cb
( 60 ksi ) ( 2.78 in 2 )
0.85 ( 4 ksi )(13 in.)
= 3.77 in.
a 3.77 in.
=
= 4.44 in.
c=
0.85
1
As
2.78 in 2
=
bd (13 in.)( 24.5 in.)
t =
0.003 =
c
2
2
= 3771.9 k-in.
The beam is over-designed by 9.39 %, which is less than 10%. Check to see
if the bars will fit in the beam using 4 bars (2#8+2#7 with #3 stirrups) per
row
s=
b nd b 2 ( cover + dstirrup )
n 1
13 in. 2 (1.0 in.) 2 ( 0.875 in.) 2 (1.5 in. + 0.375 in.)
=
3
= 1.83 in.
CVEN 444
Assignment 10
due 7/2/03
1000
1 = 0.85 0.05
= 0.8
Assume a double layer of steel, so d = 24 in. - 3.5 in. = 20.5-in. Assume that
the tension controlled so that = 0.9 and Mu = 380 k-ft Assume a k=0.35
and 1= 0.80 k = 1*k = 0.80*(0.350) =0.28
380 k-ft
=
0.9
= 422.22 k-ft 5066.67 k-in
Mn =
Mu
Find a from k = 0.28 and compute the Ru , needed for a singly reinforced
beam.
k
Ru = 0.85 f c k 1
2
( 0.28 )
= 0.85 ( 5 ksi )( 0.28 ) 1
= 1.0234 ksi
M n 5066.67 k-in.
=
Ru
1.0234 ksi
Compute the total area of steel needed as if it were a singly reinforced beam.
c = kd = 0.35 ( 21.5 in.) = 7.525 in.
As( total) =
= 4.69 in 3
Compute the Anet for the beam assume that 50% of the Anet is in the
compression.
Anet =
As( total)
1 + % Anet
4.69 in 2
1 + 0.5
= 3.13 in 2
As = 0.5 ( 3.13 in 2 ) = 1.56 in 2
Select the steel so that tension steel is greater or equal to 4.69 in2 and the
compression steel is greater than 1.56 in2 and the net steel is greater than
3.13 in2
Select 6 # 8 bars (0.79 in2) for the tension steel (AT = 4.74 in2) and 2#8 bars
(0.79 in2) for the compression steel (As=1.58 in2) and net steel of Anet = 3.16
in2.
Assume the compression steel yields and is at d= 2.5 in.
A A) f
(
a=
s
0.85f cb
= 4.06 in.
( 4.74 in
=
1.58 in 2 ) ( 60 ksi )
Compute c
c=
4.06 in.
= 5.07 in.
0.8
c d
5.07 in. 2.5 in.
cu =
0.003 = 0.001521
5.07 in.
c
s =
fy
Es
60 ksi
= 0.00207
29000 ksi
Therefore 0.01521 is not greater than 0.00207 so the compression steel does
not yield.
Or check the values
1 0.85 f c d 87
fyd
87 f y
( 0.8 ) 0.85 ( 5 ksi )( 2.5 in.) 87
= 0.021232
eff
As
4.74 in 2
=
bd (11 in.)( 21.5 in.)
= 0.02004
As
1.58 in 2
=
bd (11 in.)( 21.5 in.)
= 0.00668
The eff = 0.02004 0.00668 = 0.01336 is not greater than 0.021232 so the
compression steel has not yielded
( c d )
As f y = As E s
cu + 0.85 f cb1c
c
A E
(
c +
s
s cu
) c A E
As f y
0.85 f cb1
s cu
0.85 f cb1
=0
s cu
As f y
0.85 f cb 1
) c A E
s
s cu
0.85 f cb 1
0=c
d
2
0 = c 2 3.92888c 9.1885
b b 2 4ac
2a
3.92888
( 3.92888)
4 ( 9.1855 )
c = 5.577 in.
= 48.00 ksi
Check the min and the beam will meet the condition ACI 10.5.1
min
200
200
f = 60000 = 0.00333
y
= larger of
min = 0.003536
3
f
3
5000
c
=
= 0.003536
fy
60000
The eff = 0.01336 > 0.003536 so it is OK. Check to see if the steel is in the
tension controlled.
c 5.577 in.
=
= 0.259 0.375 ok!
d
21.5 in.
or
d c
t =
0.003 =
c
M n = As f y As fs d + As fs( d d )
2
= 5459.78 k-in
The beam is over-designed by 7.76. %, which is less than 10%. Check to see
if the bars will fit in the beam using 3 bars (#8 with #3 stirrups) per row
s=
b nd b 2 ( cover + dstirrup )
n 1
11 in. 3 (1.0 in.) 2 (1.5 in. + 0.375 in.)
=
2
= 2.125 in.
and spacing will be 2.125 in. between bars. There are 2 #8 bars in the
compression zone.
Design a T-beam with a length of L1= 18-ft and spacing between beam, L=8
ft. The beam must be designed to handle a positive moment of 200 k-ft and a
negative moment of 300 k-ft (assume the weight of the beam is included in
the moments) with a maximum depth of 24-in and slab thickness of 3 in. Use
fc = 5 ksi and fy =60 ksi.
Design for the larger moment, 300 k-ft and the compression zone would be
in the web of the beam, So you can design the beam like a singly reinforced
beam.
Compute the 1 value
5000 4000
1000
1 = 0.85 0.05
= 0.8
Assume that the tension controlled so that = 0.9 Assume a k=0.30 and
1= 0.8, because fc =5 ksi so that k = 1*k = 0.8*(0.30) =0.24
k '
Ru = 0.85 f c k ' 1
2
( 0.24 )
= 0.85 ( 5 ksi )( 0.24 ) 1
= 0.8976 ksi
You can use various k value to design the beam as long as k < 0.375 Find
bd2 from b= 0.6 d
Mu
Mu
2
2
bd =
Ru bd =
Ru
300 k-ft 12 in.
0.9 1 ft.
2
bd =
0.8976 ksi
= 4456 in 3
4456 in 3
= 19.51 in.
0.6
and
b= 0.6(19.51 in.) = 11.71 in.
Use d =19.5 in and b = 12.in.
Determine beff in tension and compression
The compression width is
12 in.
18 ft
L
1 ft
=
= 54 in.
4
4
12 in.
8 ft
w
2
to next web
12 in.
L 18 ft 1 ft
= 21.6 in.
beff =
beff ( tension ) = 21 in.
10
10
b eff ( comp.) = 54 in.
The dimensions and maximum moment have been determined. Assume that
k = 0.24 and a = kd= 0.24*(19.5in.) = 4.68 in. and compute the amount of
steel needed.
f y As = 0.85 f cba As =
As =
0.85 f cba
fy
= 3.98 in 2
Select 4 # 7 bars and 4 #6 bars, so that As = 4(0.6 in2)+4(0.44 in2) = 4.16 in2.
( 60 ksi ) ( 4.16 in 2 )
=
a=
0.85 f cb 0.85 ( 5 ksi )(12 in.)
f y As
= 4.894 in.
a 4.894 in.
=
= 6.118 in.
c=
0.8
1
Check the minimum area, min, and the beam will meet the condition ACI
10.5.1
Amin
6 fc
6 5000
bw d =
(12 in.)(19.5 in.) = 1.65 in 2
fy
60000
200
200
2
= smallest of
f beff d = 60000 ( 54 in.)(19.5 in.) = 3.51 in
y
larger of 3 f
3 5000
c
beff d =
( 54 in.)(19.5 in.) = 3.72 in 2
60000
fy
Amin = 1.65 in 2
As
4.00 in 2
=
bd (12 in.)( 22.5 in.)
t =
0.003 =
c
2
2
= 4256.4 k-in.
The beam is over-designed by 6.41 %, which is less than 10%. The bars
(4#7 and 4#6 bars) will fit into the 21 in.(beff in tension). The #7 bars would
fit into the 12-in
2
2
Amin
200
200
2
f beff d = 60000 ( 54 in.)(19.5 in.) = 3.51 in
y
= larger of
3 f c b d = 3 5000 ( 54 in.)(19.5 in.) = 3.72 in 2
eff
f
60000
y
Amin = 3.72 in 2
( 60 ksi ) ( 3.95 in 2 )
=
a=
0.85 f cb 0.85 ( 5 ksi )( 54 in.)
f y As
= 1.033 in.
a 1.033 in.
=
= 1.291 in.
c=
0.8
1
Using a double layer of steel for 5 bars in a12 in flange the d=21-in 3.5 in.=
17.5 in instead of 19.5 in.
a
1.033 in.
2
2
= 4025.1 k-in.
b nd b 2 ( cover + dstirrup )
n 1
12 in. 3 (1.0 in.) 2 (1.5 in. + 0.375 in.)
=
2
= 2.625 in.
CVEN 444
Assignment 11
due 7/9/03
2
2
d b 40 f c c + K tr
db
3 60000 (1.0 )(1.0 )( 0.8 )(1.0 )
=
= 30.98
(1.5)
40 6000
ld = 33.94d b = 30.98 ( 0.75 in.)
= 23.3 in.
1.128 in.
= 2.06 in.
space + 2 = 1.5 in. +
2
c = 1.692 in.
c=
2.256 in. + d b = 2.256 in. + 1.128 in. = 1.692 in.
2
2
d b 40 f c c + K tr
db
3 60000 (1.0 )(1.0 )(1.0 )(1.0 )
=
= 38.73
(1.5)
40 6000
ld = 38.73d b = 38.73 (1.128 in.)
= 43.69 in.
d b f c 20
60000 (1.0 )(1.0 )(1.0 )(1.0 )
=
= 42.43
20
5000
ld = 42.43d b = 42.43 (1.693 in.)
= 71.83 in.
Use ld = 72 in.
#18 bar, bar placement = 1.0, coating, = 1.0, size of the bar,
= 1.0, and concrete, = 1.0. and db =2.257 in.
ld f y
=
d b f c 20
75000 (1.0 )(1.0 )(1.0 )(1.0 )
=
= 53.03
20
5000
ld = 53.03d b = 53.03 ( 2.257 in.)
= 119.70 in.
fy
60000
= 0.02
ldb 0.02
l
= 15.49
=
d = 18
f
6000
db
db
=
=
f
0.0003
0.0003
60000
18.0
(
)
y
ldb = 18d b = 18 ( 0.75 in.)
= 13.5 in.
fy
60000
= 0.02
ldb 0.02
l
= 15.49
=
d = 18
fc
6000
db
db
=
=
f
0.0003
0.0003
60000
18.0
(
)
y
ldb = 18d b = 18 (1.128 in.)
= 20.304 in.
(b) #14 bar, , = 1.3.and db =1.693 in. . Compute the development length
fy
60000
0.02
= 0.02
ldb
l
= 16.97
f
=
d = 18.00
5000
db
db
0.0003 f y = 0.0003 ( 60000 ) = 18.0
ldb = 18.0d b = 18.0 (1.693 in.)
= 30.474 in.
#18 bar, concrete, = 1.3. and db =2.257 in. Compute the development
length
fy
75000
= 0.02
ldb 0.02
l
= 21.22
=
d = 22.50
f
5000
db
db
=
=
f
0.0003
0.0003
80000
22.5
(
)
y
ldb = 22.50d b = 22.50 ( 2.257 in.)
= 50.78 in.
CVEN 444
Assignment 12
due 7/14/03
Determine the development length for the bars.The bar coefficients are
(bar placement) = 1.3, (coating)= 1.0, and (light weight concrete) = 1.0
and #10 bar is db = 1.27 in..
ld f y
=
d b 20 f c
=
20 4000
ld = 61.66d b
The total length available in the column is l = 51 in. 1.5 in. = 49.5 in.,
therefore there is insufficient length for start development. We do not know
the transverse bars, spacing or strength of the bars. However,(c+Ktr)/db can
be no greater than 2.5. So use 2.5 and check and =1.0 (bar size)
ld
=
db
=
3 f y
c + K tr
40 f c
db
3 (1.3)(1.0 )(1.0 )(1.0 ) 60000
40 4000 ( 2.5 )
= 37.0
ld = 37.0d b
So you could argue that there is sufficient space if the transverse loading is
enough to have, (c+Ktr)/db > 2.5. However, a hook would be a better method
to ensure that there is sufficient development length. The development
length is computed by
lhd 1200
=
db
fc
1200
= 18.97
4000
lhd = 18.97 d b
=
There is no factor used in hooks and the other reduction factors are for
cover, yield strength of the steel fy = 60 ksi , = 1, concrete =1, and
excessive reinforcement is unknown so use = 1. and ties assume =1
So there is sufficient length for a hook
2. Problem 10.5 from the text --An 18-ft normal weight concrete
cantilever beam is subject to factored Mu =3500 k-in and a factored
shear Vu = 32.4 k at the face of the support. Design the top
reinforcement and the appropriate embedment of 90o hook into the
concrete wall to sustain the external shear and moment. Given fc =
4.5 ksi and fy =60 ksi.
Compute the 1 value
4500 4000
1000
1 = 0.85 0.05
= 0.825
Assume a single layer of steel, so d = h. - 2.5 in.. Assume that the tension
controlled so that = 0.9 and Mu = 3500 k-in Assume a k=0.30 and 1=
0.825, k = 1*k = 0.825*(0.30)=0.2475
3500 k-in
=
0.9
= 3888.89 k-in
Mn =
Mu
Find a from k = 0.2475 and compute the Ru , needed for a singly reinforced
beam.
k
Ru = 0.85 f c k 1
2
( 0.2475 )
Anet = 0.85 ( 4.5 ksi )( 0.2475 ) 1
= 0.8295 ksi
Compute the size of the beam and assume b~0.55d, you can use any
reasonable b
bd 2 =
M n 3888.89 k-in.
=
Ru
0.8295 ksi
Compute the total area of steel needed as if it were a singly reinforced beam.
c = kd = 0.3 ( 20.5 in.) = 6.15 in.
As( total) =
0.85 f cb1c 0.85 ( 4.5 ksi )(12 in.)( 0.825 )( 6.15 in.)
=
fy
( 60 ksi )
= 3.88 in 2
Select the steel so that tension steel is greater or equal to 3.88 in2
Select 4 # 9 bars (1.00 in2) for the tension steel (AT = 4.00 in2)
Compute the actual a
a=
As f y
0.85f cb
( 4.00 in ) ( 60 ksi )
2
= 5.23 in.
Compute c
c=
5.23 in.
= 6.34 in.
0.825
The c/d = 6.34 in/20.5 in = 0.309 < 0.375, therefore tension controlled and
= 0.9
Compute Mn.
a
M n = ( As f y ) d
2
5.23 in.
= 4292.4 k-in.
As
bd
4 in 2
= 0.01626
(12 in.)( 20.5 in.)
min
200
200
f = 60000 = 0.00333
y
=
3 f c = 3 4500 = 0.003354
fy
60000
0.003354
The beam is over-designed by 10.3. %, which is less than 10%. Check to see
if the bars will fit in the beam using 2 bars (#9 with #3 stirrups)
s=
b nd b 2 ( cover + dstirrup )
n 1
12 in. 4 (1.128 in.) 2 (1.5 in. + 0.375 in.)
=
3
= 1.246 in.
Required As 3.88 in 2
=
= 0.97
Provided As 4.00 in 2
CVEN 444
Assignment 13
due 7/16/03
The load for a simply supported beam and design for the positive moment of
the beam and 4.8 k/ft
wu ln2 ( 6.6 k/ft )( 28 ft.)
Mu =
=
8
8
= 646.8 k-ft
Assume that the tension controlled so that = 0.9 and 1= 0.85, because fc
=4 ksi
Select 8 # 9 bars, so that As = 8(0.79 in2) = 6.32 in2. Compute the new a and
c values.
( 60 ksi ) ( 6.32 in 2 )
=
a=
0.85 f cb 0.85 ( 4 ksi )(16 in.)
f y As
= 6.971 in.
a 6.971 in.
=
= 8.201 in.
c=
0.85
1
Check the min and the beam will meet the condition ACI 10.5.1
min
200
200
f = 60000 = 0.00333
y
= larger of
min = 0.00333
3
f
3
4000
c
=
= 0.00316
f
60000
y
As
6.32 in 2
=
bd (16 in.)( 26.5 in.)
t =
0.003 =
c
2
2
= 8727.1 k-in.
The beam is over-designed by 1.2 %, which is less than 10%. Check to see if
the bars will fit in the beam using 4 bars (#8 with #4 stirrups) per row
s=
b nd b 2 ( cover + dstirrup )
n 1
16 in. 4 (1.0 in.) 2 (1.5 in. + 0.5 in.)
=
3
= 2.67 in.
20 4000
ld = 47.43d b
M ubar = As f y d
2
6.971 in.
So the Mu (1 bar) =81.82k-ft, Mu (2 bars) =163.6 k-ft, Mu (3 bars) =245.4 kft, and Mu (4 bars) =327.3 k-ft. Mu (5 bar) =409.1k-ft, Mu (6 bars) =490.9 kft, Mu (7 bars) =572.7 k-ft, and Mu (8 bars) =654.5 k-ft
Moment Diagram for Half Beam
700
600
Moment (k-ft)
500
400
300
200
100
0
0
10
11
12
13
x (ft)
Bending Moment
8 Bars
6 Bars
4 Bars
Determine the development length and la for the bars. The extension length
la is either 12db=12(1.0 in.) = 12.0 in. or d= 26.5 in. Use la = 26.5 in or 27 in.
Determine where the bar cutoff points meet the moment diagram.. Obtain
the equation for the moment
M u ( x ) = 92.4 k ( x )
( x)
6.6 k/ft
2
14
( x)
6.6 k-ft
2
x 28 x + 148.76 = 0 7.13 ft. or 85.52 in. 85 in.
2
( x)
6.6 k-ft
2
x 28 x + 98.182 = 0 4.16 ft. or 49.92 in. 49 in.
2
The location of the cut off for a two bars are 85 in.-27 in.= 58 in. (4-ft 10 in.)
and will be symmetrical about the centerline. The location for the bars to be
fully developed is 58 in + 48 in. =106 in.(8-ft 10 in.).
The location of the cut off for a 4 bar is 49 in.- 27 in.= 22 in. (1-ft 10 in.) and
The location for the bar to be fully developed is 22 in + 48 in. =70 in.(5-ft 10
in)
2. Design the compression lap splice for a column section 16-in. x 16-in.
reinforce with 8 #10 bars equally spaced around all faces
a. Given fc = 5-ksi and fy =60-ksi
b. Given fc = 7-ksi and fy =80-ksi
(a) #10 bar, bar placement =1.0, coating, =1.0, size of the bar,
=1.0, and concrete, = 1.0. and db =1.27 in.
fy
60000
= 0.02
ldb 0.02
l
= 16.97
=
d = 18
f
5000
db
db
0.003
f
0.003
60000
18.0
=
=
(
)
y
ldb = 18d b = 18 (1.27 in.)
= 22.86 in.
For fy =60 ksi and check to see that it is greater than 12-in.
ld = 0.0005 f y d b
= 0.0005 ( 60000 psi )(1.27 in.)
= 38.1 in. Use 39.0 in.
(b) #10 bar, bar placement =1.0, coating, =1.0, size of the bar,
=1.0, and concrete, = 1.0. and db =1.27 in.
fy
80000
= 0.02
ldb 0.02
l
= 19.12
=
d = 24.0
f
7000
db
db
0.003
f
0.003
80000
24.0
=
=
(
)
y
ldb = 24.0d b = 24.0 (1.27 in.)
= 30.48 in.
For fy =80 ksi and check to see that it is greater than 12-in.
ld = ( 0.0009 f y 24 ) d b
= ( 0.0009 ( 80000 psi ) 24 ) (1.27 in.)
= 60.96 in. Use 61.0 in.
Assume that the tension controlled so that = 0.9 Assume a k=0.25 and
1= 0.85, because fc =3 ksi so that k = 1*k = 0.85*(0.250) =0.2125
k '
Ru = 0.85 f c k ' 1
2
( 0.2125 )
= 0.85 ( 3 ksi )( 0.2125 ) 1
= 0.4843 ksi
You can use various k value to design the beam as long as k < 0.375 Find
bd2 from b= 0.55 d
Mu
M
Ru bd 2 = u bd 2 =
Ru
0.9
1 ft.
bd 2 =
0.4843 ksi
= 19096 in 3
19096 in 3
= 32.62 in.
0.55
and
b= 0.55(32.94 in.) = 17.94 in.
Use d =32.5 in and b = 18.in.
The dimensions and maximum moment have been determined. Assume that
k = 0.2125 and a = kd= 0.2125*(32.5 in.) = 6.906 in. and compute the
amount of steel needed.
f y As = 0.85 f cba As =
As =
0.85 f cba
fy
= 7.92 in 2
Select 8 # 9 bars, so that As = 8(1.00 in2) = 8.00 in2. Compute the new a and
c values.
( 40 ksi ) (8.00 in 2 )
=
a=
0.85 f cb 0.85 ( 3 ksi )(18 in.)
f y As
= 6.972 in.
a 6.972 in.
=
= 8.202 in.
c=
0.85
1
Check the min and the beam will meet the condition ACI 10.5.1
min
200
200
=
= 0.005
f
40000
y
= larger of
min = 0.005
3
f
3
3000
c
=
= 0.00411
fy
40000
As
8.00 in 2
=
bd (18 in.)( 32.5 in.)
t =
0.003 =
c
2
2
= 9284.5 k-in.
The beam is over-designed by 0.39 %, which is less than 10%. Check to see
if the bars will fit in the beam using 4 bars (#9 with #4 stirrups) per row
s=
b nd b 2 ( cover + dstirrup )
n 1
18 in. 4 (1.128 in.) 2 (1.5 in. + 0.5 in.)
=
3
= 3.16 in.
and spacing will be 3.16 in. between bars. So you could have bars next to
one another for splicing.
For both cutoff and splicing on needs to know the development length of the
bars.
Determine the development length for the bars.The bar coefficients are
(bar placement) = 1.0, (coating)= 1.0, and (light weight concrete) = 1.0
and #9 bar is db = 1.128 in..
ld f y
=
d b 20 f c
=
20 3000
ld = 36.51d b
M ubar = As f y d
2
6.972 in.
So the Mu (1 bar) =87.04k-ft, Mu (2 bars) =174.1 k-ft, Mu (3 bars) =261.2 kft, and
Mu (4 bars) =348.2 k-ft. Mu (5 bar) =435.2k-ft, Mu (6 bars)
=522.4 k-ft, Mu (7 bars) =609.3 k-ft, and Mu (8 bars) =696.3 k-ft
Determine the development length and la for the bars. The extension length
la is either 12db=12(1.127 in.) = 13.52 in. or d= 32.5 in. Use la = 32.5 in or
33 in.
Determine where the bar cutoff points meet the moment diagram.. Obtain
the equation for the moment
M u ( x ) = 81.6 k ( x )
( x)
4.8 k/ft
2
( x)
4.8 k-ft
2
x 34 x + 217.67 = 0 8.55 ft. or 102.65 in. 102 in.
2
( x)
4.8 k-ft
2
x 34 x + 145.125 = 0 5.00 ft. or 60 in. 60 in.
2
The location of the cut off for a single bar is 102 in.- 33 in.= 69 in. (5-ft 9
in.) and 306- in +33 in. = 339 in. (28.ft 3 in.) with a bar length of 22 ft. The
location for the bar to be fully developed is 69 in + 42 in. =111 in. and 339
in. 42 in. = 297 in.
The location of the cut off for a 4 bar is 60 in.- 33 in.= 27 in. (2-ft 3 in.) and
348- in +33 in. = 381 in. (31.ft 9 in.) with a bar length of 29.5 ft. The
location for the bar to be fully developed is 27 in + 42 in. =69 in. and 381 in.
42 in. = 339 in.
For lap splice to be a Class A splice in tension, the area ratio must be twice
be twice that of the required area. The cut-off of the 2 bars from 6 to 4 bars,
have a total length of 29.5 ft, so no splice on the bars were need. The
remaining 4 bars can be 30 ft long with an overlap of ld or 42 in., there is a
space of 24 in on either side of the bar for the full 34 ft. so the lengths of the
added bars are 24 in + 42 in. = 66 in. with splice length = 42 in.
CVEN 444
Assignment 14
due 7/18/03
Determine the load for the beam and design for the positive moment and
negative moments of the beam and 6.5 k/ft from ACI 8.3.3 with more than 2
spans
w l 2 ( 6.5 k/ft )( 25 ft.)
= 253.91 k-ft
M = un =
16
16
2
+
u
Assume that the tension controlled so that = 0.9 Assume a single layer of
steel and 1= 0.85, because fc =4 ksi and find Ru and k needed.
12 in.
406.25
k-ft
Mu
ft
0.9
Ru = 2 =
2
bd
(14 in.)( 25.5 in )
= 0.595 ksi
2 Ru
k '
Ru = 0.85 f c k ' 1 k = 1 1
2
0.85f c
k = 1 1
2 ( 0.595 ksi )
0.85 ( 4 ksi )
= 0.1938
The k value=k/1= 0.1938/ 0.85= 0.2280 which is less than 0.375 The area
of steel need is given as
As f y = 0.85 f cba As =
As =
0.85 f cbdk
fy
= 3.92 in 2
Select 4 # 9 bars, so that As = 4(1.00 in2) = 4.00 in2. Compute the new a and
c values.
( 60 ksi ) ( 4.00 in 2 )
=
a=
0.85 f cb 0.85 ( 4 ksi )(14 in.)
f y As
= 5.042 in.
a 5.042 in.
=
= 5.932 in.
c=
1
0.85
Check the min and the beam will meet the condition ACI 10.5.1
min
200
200
f = 60000 = 0.00333
y
= larger of
min = 0.00333
3 f c = 3 4000 = 0.00316
fy
60000
As
4.00 in 2
=
bd (14 in.)( 25.5 in.)
t =
0.003 =
c
2
2
= 5515.0 k-in.
The beam is over-designed by 1.82 %, which is less than 10%. Check to see
if the bars will fit in the beam using 4 bars (#9 with #4 stirrups) in a row
s=
b nd b 2 ( cover + dstirrup )
n 1
14 in. 4 (1.128 in.) 2 (1.5 in. + 0.5 in.)
=
3
= 1.83 in.
and spacing will be 1.83 in. between bars. For the other two cross-section ,
you can follow the same procedure and the resulting set is
k=c/d
0.119
0.158
0.194
Mu
253.91 k-ft
290.18 k-ft
406.25 k-ft
As(req)
Bars
2
2.35 in
2
2.71 in
2
3.92 in
3 #8
2 #8 & 2 #7
4 #9
As(provided)
2
2.37 in
2
2.78 in
2
4.00 in
Overdesign
0.83%
2.37%
1.82%
You will need to draw the moment diagrams in order to find cutoff points
for the bars and also know how to find the inflection points. We have three
points 253.9 k-ft, +290.2 k-ft and 406.3. k-ft. One to find the cut-offs for
the negative and the positive moments, so we need to moment diagrams one
matching the smallest negative moment with the positive moment and one
matching the two negative moments.
6.5 k/ft x
M ( x ) = 253.9 k-ft x + P x
2
0
Using the positive moment 290.2 k-ft, we need location and P value to
match the equations. The maximum moment will occur when the shear is
zero,
0 = P x 6.5 k/ft x P = 6.5 k/ft ( x )
0
6.5 k/ft ( x )
290.2 k-ft = 253.9 k-ft +
2
x = 12.94 ft P = 84.1 k
84.1 k
60
40
20
12.94 ft
0
-20 0
10
15
20
25
-40
-60
78.4 k
-80
-100
x (ft)
Bending Moment
400
290.2 k-ft
300
Moment (k-ft)
200
100
0
0
10
15
20
25
-100
-182.7 k-ft
-200
-253.91 k-ft
-300
x (ft)
Using the positive moment 406.25 k-ft @ 25 ft, we need location and P
value to match the equations.
6.5 k/ft ( 25 ft.)
406.25 k-ft = 253.91 k-ft + P ( 25 ft.)
2
P = 75.156 k
80
60
40
20
0
-20
10
15
20
-40
-60
-80
87.4 k
-100
x (ft)
25
Bending Moment
300
180.6 k-ft
200
Moment (k-ft)
100
0
0
10
15
20
25
-100
-200
-300
-253.91 k-ft
-406.3 k-ft
-400
-500
x (ft)
CVEN 444
Assignment 15
due 7/21/03
The dead load component is 1.92 k/ft and live load component is 5.76 k/ft.
V 110.4 k
Vn(max) = u =
= 147.2 k
0.75
V 18.0 k
Vn(max) = u =
= 24.0 k
0.75
1k
1000 lb
= 45.16 k
Shear (kips)
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
2.5
7.5
10
12.5
x (ft)
V
Vc
Vc/2
Determine the maximum shear force that the steel needs to provide
Vs= Vmax Vc = 126.26 k 45.16 k= 81.1 k. Determine the maximum
allowable spacing from the Vs 4 f c bd = 90.32 k so that
smax
d 25.5 in.
= 12.75 in.
=
2
smax 12.75 in.
2
24 in.
Av f y
50bw
50 (14 in.)
Vs =
Av f y d
Vs
81.1 k
s 5.03 in. Use s = 4.0 in.
Use 13 bars at 4-in spacing so that the distance will be (n-1)*4-in = 12*4-in
= 48-in or 4 ft.
Vs =
Av f y d
4.0 in.
s
= 102.0 k
Vn = Vc + Vs = 45.2 k + 102.0 k
= 147.2 k
Compute the shear at 4-ft. and the shear strength the steel will need to
provide.
Vn ( x ) = 9.856 k/ft ( 4 ft.) + 147.2 k
= 107.78 k
Vs = Vn Vc = 107.78 k 45.2 k
= 62.6 k
Use a #4 bar (0.2 in2) and Av = 2(0.2 in2) = 0.4 in2, the actual required
spacing is
Av f y d
Vs =
Av f y d
Vs
62.6 k
s 6.52 in. Use s = 6.0 in.
Use 7 bars at 6-in spacing so that the distance will be 48-in.+(n)*6-in = 48in.+7*6-in = 90-in or 7.5 ft.
Vs =
Av f y d
s
= 68.0 k
6.0 in.
Vn = Vc + Vs = 45.2 k + 68.0 k
= 113.2 k
Compute the shear at 7.5-ft. and the shear strength the steel will need to
provide.
Vn ( x ) = 9.856 k/ft ( 7.5 ft.) + 147.2 k
= 73.3 k
Vs = Vn Vc = 73.3 k 45.2 k
= 28.1 k
Use a #4 bar (0.2 in2) and Av = 2(0.2 in2) = 0.4 in2, the actual required
spacing is
Vs =
Av f y d
Av f y d
Vs
28.1 k
s 14.5 in. Use s = 12.0 in.
Av f y d
s
= 34.0 k
12.0 in.
Vn = Vc + Vs = 45.2 k + 34.0 k
= 79.2 k
finish (ft)
0.33
4
7.5
12.5
bar
4
4
4
4
# of bars
2
11
7
5
Vs(req) (kips)
s(req) (in)
s(used) (in)
Vs(provided) (kips)
Vn (kips)
81.1
81.1
62.6
28.1
5.03
5.03
6.52
14.51
4
4
6
12
102
102
68
34
147.2
147.2
113.2
79.2
Shear Diagram
160
140
7#4 bars @ 6-in Vn=113.2 k
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
2.5
7.5
10
x (ft)
V
Vc
Vc/2
12.5
The bars would extend into the column on the left-hand side at 4-in. spacing.
CVEN 444
Assignment 16
due 7/23/03
The dead load component is 2.16 k/ft and live load component is 5.76 k/ft.
Determine the load for the beam and design for the positive moment and
negative moments of the beam and 7.92 k/ft from ACI 8.3.3 with more than
2 spans
w l 2 ( 7.92 k/ft )( 28 ft.)
= 388.08 k-ft
M = un =
16
16
2
+
u
Assume that the tension controlled so that = 0.9 Assume a single layer of
steel and 1= 0.80, because fc =5 ksi and find Ru and k needed.
12 in.
620.93
k-ft
Mu
ft
0.9
Ru = 2 =
2
bd
(15 in.)( 26.5 in )
= 0.786 ksi
2 Ru
k '
Ru = 0.85 f c k ' 1 k = 1 1
2
0.85f c
k = 1 1
2 ( 0.786 ksi )
0.85 ( 5 ksi )
= 0.2062
The k value=k/1= 0.2062/ 0.80= 0.2580 which is less than 0.375 The area
of steel need is given as
As f y = 0.85 f cba As =
As =
0.85 f cbdk
fy
= 5.81 in 2
Select 8 # 8 bars, so that As = 8(0.79 in2) = 6.32 in2. Compute the new a and
c values.
( 60 ksi ) ( 6.32 in 2 )
=
a=
0.85 f cb 0.85 ( 5 ksi )(15 in.)
f y As
= 5.948 in.
a 5.948 in.
=
= 7.435 in.
c=
1
0.8
Check the min and the beam will meet the condition ACI 10.5.1
min
200
200
f = 60000 = 0.00333
y
= larger of
min = 0.00354
3 f c = 3 5000 = 0.00354
fy
60000
As
6.32 in 2
=
bd (15 in.)( 26.5 in.)
t =
0.003 =
c
2
2
= 8921.0 k-in.
The beam is over-designed by 7.75 %, which is less than 10%. Check to see
if the bars will fit in the beam using 4 bars (#8 with #4 stirrups) in a row
s=
b nd b 2 ( cover + dstirrup )
n 1
15 in. 4 (1.0 in.) 2 (1.5 in. + 0.5 in.)
=
3
= 2.33 in.
and spacing will be 2.33 in. between bars. For the other two cross-section ,
you can follow the same procedure and the resulting set is
k=c/d
0.154
0.178
0.258
Mu
388.08 k-ft
443.52 k-ft
620.93 k-ft
As(req)
Bars
2
3.47 in
2
4.00 in
2
5.81 in
6 #7
6 #8
8 #8
As(provided)
2
3.60 in
2
4.74 in
2
6.32 in
Overdesign
3.54%
16.72%
7.75%
You will need to draw the moment diagrams in order to find cutoff points
for the bars and also know how to find the inflection points. We have three
points 388.1 k-ft, +443.5 k-ft and 620.9. k-ft. One to find the cut-offs for
the negative and the positive moments, so we need to moment diagrams one
matching the smallest negative moment with the positive moment and one
matching the two negative moments.
7.92 k/ft x
M ( x ) = 388.1 k-ft x + P x
2
0
Using the positive moment 443.5 k-ft, we need location and P value to
match the equations. The maximum moment will occur when the shear is
zero,
0 = P x 7.92 k/ft x P = 7.92 k/ft ( x )
0
7.92 k/ft ( x )
443.5 k-ft = 388.1 k-ft +
2
x = 14.49 ft P = 114.77 k
100
50
0
0
12
16
-50
-100
-150
x (ft)
20
24
28
300
200
100
0
-100
12
16
20
24
28
-200
-300
-400
-500
x (ft)
Using the positive moment 620.93 k-ft @ 28 ft, we need location and P
value to match the equations.
7.92 k/ft ( 28 ft.)
620.93 k-ft = 388.08 k-ft + P ( 28 ft.)
2
P = 102.564 k
100
50
0
0
12
16
20
24
28
20
24
28
-50
-100
-150
x (ft)
200
100
0
-100
12
16
-200
-300
-400
-500
-600
-700
x (ft)
For the positive cutoff needs to know the development length of the bars.
Determine the development length for the bars.The bar coefficients are
(bar placement) = 1.0, (coating)= 1.0, and (light weight concrete) = 1.0
and #8 bar is db = 1.0 in..
ld f y
=
d b 20 f c
=
20 5000
ld = 42.43d b
As f y
0.85 f cb
( 4.74 in ) ( 60 ksi )
=
2
= 4.46 in.
a
M ubar = As f y d
2
4.46 in.
So the Mu (1 bar) =86.28k-ft, Mu (2 bars) =172.6 k-ft, Mu (3 bars) =258.8 kft, and Mu (4 bars) =345.1 k-ft. Mu (5 bar) =431.4k-ft, and Mu (6 bars)
=517.7 k-ft
Bar Cutoff - Bending Moment
600
6 bars
500
400
4 bars
300
2 bars
200
100
0
0
12
16
20
24
28
-100
-200
-300
-400
-500
x (ft)
Determine the development length and la for the bars. The extension length
la is either 12db=12(1.0 in.) = 12.0 in. or d= 26.5 in. Use la = 26.5 in or 27 in.
Determine where the bar cutoff points meet the moment diagram. Cut off
only two bars . Obtain the equation for the moment
M u ( x ) = 388.1 k-ft + 114.1 k ( x )
( x)
7.92 k/ft
2
( x)
7.92 k-ft
2
x 28.983x + 185.152 = 0 9.507 ft. or 19.476 ft 114 in. or 234 in.
2
The location of the cut off for a two bars are 114 in.-27 in.= 87 in. (7-ft 3 in.)
and 234 in.+27 in.= 261 in. (21-ft 9 in.). The location for the bars to be fully
developed is 87 in + 43 in. =130 in.(10-ft 10 in.) and 261 in-43 in. =218
in.(18-ft 1 in.).
For the negative cutoff needs to know the development length of the bars.
Determine the development length for the bars.The bar coefficients are
(bar placement) = 1.3, (coating)= 1.0, and (light weight concrete) = 1.0
and #8 bar is db = 1.0 in..
ld f y
=
d b 20 f c
=
20 5000
ld = 55.15d b
20 5000
ld = 55.15d b
200
0
0
12
16
2 bars
20
24
28
-200
4 bars
-400
6 bars
-600
8 bars
-800
x (ft)
Determine the development length and la for the bars. The extension length
la is either 12db=12(1.0 in.) = 12.0 in. or d= 26.5 in. Use la = 26.5 in or 27 in.
Determine where the inflection points are
0 k-ft. = 388.1k-ft. + 102.564 k ( x )
( x)
7.92 k-ft
2
x 25.9 x + 98.005 = 0 4.602 ft. or 21.298 ft 55.2 in. or 255 in.
2
The inflection point on the right side is at 21.3 ft or 6.7 ft from the wall, so it
is impractical to cutoff the first set of two bars because the development
length is 56 in or 4.67 ft + la, so end all of the bars at the inflection point and
la = 255-in. 27 in. = 228. in.(19 ft) and the development length is 228-in +
56 in.= 284 in(23 ft 8 in)
The inflection point on the left side is at 4.6 ft from the wall, so it is
impractical to cutoff the first set of two bars because the development length
is 49 in or 4.1 ft + la, so end all of the bars at the inflection point and la = 56in. + 27 in. = 83. in.(6 ft 11-in) and the development length is 83-in + 49
in.= 34 in(2 ft 10 in)
The #7 bar does not have the development length in the column, therefore it
will need either a 90o hook or 180o hook.
Check the embedment length of 90o hook. The basic development length
lhd 1200 1200
=
=
= 16.97
db
5000
fc
lhd = 16.97d b = 16.97 ( 0.875 in.)
= 14.85 in.
The dead load component is 2.16 k/ft and live load component is 5.76 k/ft.
The maximum shear at the inside beam is
7.92 k/ft ( 28 ft )
Vu(max) = 1.15
= 127.5 k
2
V 127.5 k
= 170.0 k
Vn(max) = u =
0.75
V
20.16 k
= 26.9 k
Vn(max) = u =
0.75
1k
1000 lb
= 56.21 k
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
10
12
14
x(ft)
V
Vc
Vc/2
Determine the maximum shear force that the steel needs to provide
Vs= Vmax Vc = 147.44 k 56.21 k= 91.23 k. Determine the maximum
allowable spacing from the Vs 4 f c bd = 112.42 k so that
smax
d 26.5 in.
= 13.25 in.
=
2
smax 13.25 in.
2
24 in.
Av f y
50bw
50 (15 in.)
Vs =
Av f y d
Vs
91.23 k
s 4.65 in. Use s = 4.0 in.
Use 16 bars at 4-in spacing so that the distance will be (n-1)*4-in = 15*4-in
= 60-in or 5 ft.
Vs =
Av f y d
s
= 106.0 k
4.0 in.
Vn = Vc + Vs = 56.2 k + 106.0 k
= 162.2 k
Compute the shear at 5-ft. and the shear strength the steel will need to
provide.
Vn ( x ) = 10.224 k/ft ( 5 ft.) + 170.0 k
= 118.9 k
Vs = Vn Vc = 118.9 k 56.2 k
= 62.7 k
Use a #4 bar (0.2 in2) and Av = 2(0.2 in2) = 0.4 in2, the actual required
spacing is
Vs =
Av f y d
Av f y d
Vs
62.7 k
s 6.76 in. Use s = 6.0 in.
Use 6 bars at 6-in spacing so that the distance will be 60-in.+(n)*6-in = 60in.+6*6-in = 96-in or 8.0 ft.
Vs =
Av f y d
s
= 70.7 k
6.0 in.
Vn = Vc + Vs = 56.2 k + 70.7 k
= 126.9 k
Compute the shear at 8.0-ft. and the shear strength the steel will need to
provide.
Vn ( x ) = 10.22 k/ft ( 8.0 ft.) + 170.0 k
= 88.2 k
Vs = Vn Vc = 88.2 k 56.2 k
= 32.0 k
Use a #4 bar (0.2 in2) and Av = 2(0.2 in2) = 0.4 in2, the actual required
spacing is
Vs =
Av f y d
Av f y d
Vs
32.0 k
s 13.25 in. Use s = 12.0 in.
Av f y d
s
= 35.3 k
12.0 in.
Vn = Vc + Vs = 56.2 k + 35.3 k
= 91.5 k
bar
4
4
4
4
# of bars
2
14
6
6
Vs(req) (kips)
91.2
91.2
62.7
32.0
6 #4 @ 6-in. Vn =126.9 k
Shear (kips)
120
6 #4 @ 12-in. Vn =91.5 k
100
80
60
40
20
0
0
10
Vc/2
x(ft)
V
Vc
12
14
CVEN 444
Assignment 17
due 7/30/03
Case (a)
Ag = bh = (10 in.)(14 in.) = 140 in 2
As = 4 #8 = 4 ( 0.79 in 2 ) = 3.16 in 2
P0 = 0.85 f c ( Ag As ) + f y As
= 0.85 ( 4 ksi ) (140 in 2 3.16 in 2 ) + ( 60 ksi ) ( 3.16 in 2
= 654.86 k
Pn = rP0 = 0.8 ( 654.86 k ) = 523.88 k
Pu = Pn = 0.65 ( 523.88 k ) = 340.53 k
Case (b)
Ag = bh = (15 in.)(15 in.) = 225 in 2
As = 8#9 = 8 (1.00 in 2 ) = 8.00 in 2
P0 = 0.85 f c ( Ag As ) + f y As
= 0.85 ( 5 ksi ) ( 225 in 2 8.00 in 2 ) + ( 50 ksi ) ( 8.00 in 2 )
= 1322.25 k
Pn = rP0 = 0.8 (1322.25 k ) = 1057.8 k
Pu = Pn = 0.65 (1057.8 k ) = 687.57 k
Case (c)
Ag = bh = (12 in.)( 20 in.) = 240 in 2
As = 6 #10 = 6 (1.27 in 2 ) = 7.62 in 2
P0 = 0.85 f c ( Ag As ) + f y As
= 0.85 ( 9 ksi ) ( 240 in 2 7.62 in 2 ) + ( 60 ksi ) ( 7.62 in 2 )
= 2234.91 k
Pn = rP0 = 0.8 ( 2234.91 k ) = 1787.9 k
Pu = Pn = 0.65 (1787.9 k ) = 1162.2 k
Case (d)
2
18 in.
2
Ag = r =
= 254.47 in
2
2
As = 6 #8 = 6 ( 0.79 in 2 ) = 4.74 in 2
P0 = 0.85 f c ( Ag As ) + f y As
Case (e)
2
25 in.
2
Ag = r 2 =
= 490.87 in
2
As = 8#8 = 8 (1.27 in 2 ) = 10.16 in 2
P0 = 0.85 f c ( Ag As ) + f y As
= 0.85 ( 4 ksi ) ( 490.87 in 2 10.16 in 2 ) + ( 60 ksi ) (10.16 in 2 )
= 2244.03 k
Pn = rP0 = 0.85 ( 2244.03 k ) = 1907.42 k
Pu = Pn = 0.70 (1907.42 k ) = 1335.2 k
CVEN 444
Assignment 18
due 8/1/03
Pure tension is
Pn = ( 60 ksi ) ( 3.16 in 2 )
= 189.6 k
The value of d = 14 in 2.5 in. = 11.5 in. and the yield strain of steel is 60
ksi/29000 ksi = 0.00207. Determine where the balanced value of c is
cu
0.003
cb =
d =
(11.5 in.) = 6.80 in.
0.003 + 0.00207
cu + s
s =
(d c)
(11.5 in. 6.8 in.)
0.003 =
0.003 = 0.00207
6.8 in.
c
s =
The moment is
h
h a
h
M n = Cc + Cs d + Ts d
2
2 2
2
5.78 in.
= (196.5 k ) 7 in.
+ ( 81.6 k )( 7 in. 2.5 in.) + ( 94.8 k )(11.5 in. 7 in.)
2
= 1601.3 k-in.
M n 1601.3 k-in.
=
Pn
261.9 k
= 8.05 in.
s =
(d c)
(11.5 in. 10 in.)
0.003 =
0.003 = 0.00045
10 in.
c
s =
The moment is
h
h a
h
M n = Cc + Cs d + Ts d
2
2 2
2
8.5 in.
= ( 289.0 k ) 7 in.
+ ( 89.4 k )( 7 in. 2.5 in.) + ( 20.6 k )(11.5 in. 7 in.)
2
= 1290.0 k-in.
M n 1290.0 k-in.
=
Pn
357.8 k
= 3.61 in.
Select a c value for the problem one in the tension-controlled region c/d
<0.375 Chose c= 3.5 in. so c/d = 0.304
a = 1c = 0.85 ( 3.5 in.) = 2.975 in.
s =
(d c)
(11.5 in. 3.5 in.)
0.003 =
0.003 = 0.00686
3.5 in.
c
s =
The moment is
h
h a
h
M n = Cc + Cs d + Ts d
2
2 2
2
2.975 in.
= (101.2 k ) 7 in.
+ ( 33.9 k )( 7 in. 2.5 in.) + ( 94.8 k )(11.5 in. 7 in.)
2
= 1136.8 k-in.
M n 1136.8 k-in.
=
Pn
40.3 k
= 28.24 in.
compression
c
0.6
= 0.65
d
controlled
transition
c
0.25
tension
c
0.375
= 0.9
d
controlled
The resulting numbers are given in the spreadsheet for increments of 0.25 in.
The plot is positive under compression and negative under tension. The
final figure is given as:
Interaction Diagram
600
500
400
Load (k)
300
200
100
0
-100 0
50
100
-200
-300
Moment (k-ft)
Unfactored loads
factored loads
150
Using the interaction diagram, design a column with h = 28 in., = 0.83 and
b = 18 in., PD = 280 k and PL = 520 k and Mu = 744 k-ft. Determine the
amount of reinforcement and type of ties and their spacing for fy = 60 ksi
and fc =5 ksi
From the design loads are
Pu = 1.2 PD + 1.6 PL = 1.2 ( 280 k ) + 1.6 ( 520 k ) = 1168 k
Pn =
Pu
1168 k
= 1796.9 k
0.65
12 in.
744 k-ft
M
1 ft = 13735.4 k-in.
Mn = u =
0.65
Pn
1796.9 k
=
= 0.713
f c Ag ( 5 ksi )( 28 in.)(18 in.)
Rn =
Mn
13735.4 k-in.
=
= 0.195
f c Ag h ( 5 ksi )( 28 in.)(18 in.)( 28 in.)
Using the interaction diagrams from the book, figures B15 and B16.
=0.038
=0.033
( 0.8)
0.9 0.8
0.033 0.038
= 0.038 +
( 0.83 0.8) = 0.0365
0.1
= 0.8 +
= 16.75 in 2
Use 6 #11 bars (9.36 in2) for each side of the column.
The coefficient for concrete is
5 ksi 4 ksi
= 0.8
1 ksi
1 = 0.85 0.05
M u 13735.4 k-in.
=
= 7.64 in.
Pu
1796.9 k
The assume that the compression steel has yielded and the stress in the
tension steel is
(d c)
fs = Es s = Es
0.003
c
( 25.5 in. c )
= ( 29000 ksi )
0.003
c
2218.5
87
c
Take the moment about the tension steel, the distance from the center to the
tension steel is (28 in 5 in.)/2 =11.5 in. and Mu= Pu*e so e = e +11.5 in.
=7.64-in +11.5 in. =19.14 in. is
h
h a
h
M n = Pn e = Cc + Cs d + Ts d
2
2 2
2
Pn e = Cc d + Cs ( d d )
2
0.8c
Pn =
( 61.2c ) 25.5 in.
+ 561.6 k ( 25.5 in. 2.5 in.)
19.14 in.
2
fs (Eqn 1) fs (Eqn 2)
134.8500
23.9250
9.4565
11.6000
9.4565
9.8777
9.8354
9.8405
-20.1620
-0.8950
10.2143
8.1919
10.2143
9.8043
9.8452
9.8403
Plug in for the stress in the tension steel and c for the values
Cc = 0.85 f cba = 0.85 ( 5 ksi )(18 in.) ( 0.8 ( 22.91 in.) ) = 1402.1 k
Cs = As f s = ( 9.36 in 2 ) ( 60 ksi ) = 561.6 k
The moment is
h
h a
h
M n = Cc + Cs d + Ts d
2
2 2
2
= 1402.1 k 14 in.
+ 561.6 k (14 in. 2.5 in.) + 92.1 k ( 25.5 in. 14 in.)
2
= 14298.1 k-in.
M n 14298.1 k-in.
=
Pn
1871.6 k
= 7.64 in.
Design the ties, the bars are less than a #11 bar therefore use a #4 tie and the
spacing will be the minimum of
48dstirrup = 48 ( 0.5 in.) = 24 in.
b = 18 in.
CVEN 444
Assignment 19
due 8/4/03
Assume that the central set of steel is not going to contribute to the points and that the
compression steel and tension steel are =1.27 in2 +0.5*1.27 in2 +0.5*1.27 in2 = 2.54 in2
Look at about the x x axis.
The assume that the compression steel has yielded and the stress in the tension steel is
(d c)
fs = Es s = Es
0.003
c
( 21.5 in. c )
= ( 29000 ksi )
0.003
c
1870.5
=
87
c
M n = Pn e = Cc + Cs d + Ts d
2
2 2
2
Pn e = Cc d + Cs ( d d )
2
Pn =
1
0.8c
21.5 in.
2
f s (Eqn 1) f s (Eqn 2)
100.05
46.281
68.875
63.793
65.69388 66.20588
65.98111 65.98181
The tension steel has yielded so we need to go back and recompute the c value with the
last equation.
60 = 0.398c 2 + 6.481
c = 11.60 in.
Check the stress in the compression steel
( c d )
fs = Es s = Es
0.003
c
= 3 ksi
This stress is less than the strength of the concrete so it can be neglected.
1174.5
=
87
c
M n = Pn e = Cc + Cs d + Ts d
2
2 2
2
Pn e = Cc d + Cs ( d d )
2
Pn =
1
0.8c
13.5 in.
2
f s (Eqn 1) f s (Eqn 2)
108.75
44.596
69.6
63.874
66.52941 66.03742
66.24496 66.24444
The tension steel has yielded so we need to go back and recompute the c value with the
last equation.
60 = 0.952c 2 + 10.324
c = 7.22 in.
Check the stress in the compression steel
( c d )
fs = Es s = Es
0.003
c
= 56.92 ksi
Go back and recompute with the assumption that the tension steel has yielded
Cc = 0.85 f cba = 0.85 ( 5 ksi )( 24 in.)( 0.8c ) = 81.6c
h
h a
h
M n = Pn e = Cc + Cs d + Ts d
2
2 2
2
Pn e = Cc d + Cs ( d d )
2
Pn =
1
0.8c
13.5 in.
2
and
( c 2.5 in )
fs = ( 29000 ksi )
0.003
c
217.5
= 87
c
f s (Eqn 1) f s (Eqn 2)
87.761 55.92857
73.1492 56.79167
58.1258 57.60811
57.63063 57.6339
The original had not check the compression steel otherwise it would have been
Cc = 0.85 f cba = 0.85 ( 5 ksi )( 24 in.) ( 0.8 ( 7.22 in.) ) = 589.2 k
Cs = As f s = ( 2.54 in 2 ) ( 60 ksi 0.85 ( 5 ksi ) ) = 141.6 k
Ts = As f s = ( 2.54 in 2 ) ( 60 ksi ) = 152.4 k
Pn = Cc + Cs Ts = 589.2 k + 141.6 k 152.4 k
= 578.4 k
Check the center steel
(d c)
fs = Es s = Es
0.003
c
( 8 in. 7.407 in.)
= ( 29000 ksi )
0.003
7.407 in.
= 7.0 ksi
This stress less the strength of the concrete would be small and can be neglected.
Compute the allowable load
1
1
1
1
=
+
1
1
1
+
Pn = 364.2 k
Pu = Pn = 0.65 ( 364.2 k ) = 236.7 k
Assume that the central sets of steel is not going to contribute to the points and that the
compression steel and tension steel are =2*1.27 in2 +0.5*1.27 in2 +0.5*1.27 in2 = 3.81 in2
Look at about the x x axis.
The assume that the compression steel has yielded and the stress in the tension steel is
(d c)
fs = Es s = Es
0.003
c
( 21.5 in. c )
= ( 29000 ksi )
0.003
c
1870.5
=
87
c
M n = Pn e = Cc + Cs d + Ts d
2
2 2
2
Pn e = Cc d + Cs ( d d )
2
Pn =
1
0.8c
17.5 in.
2
f s (Eqn 1) f s (Eqn 2)
14.74635
37.7
26.23835 23.02941
23.16949 26.36364
24.68023 24.67964
= 39.4 ksi
(16.75 in. 15.16 in.)
fs2 = ( 29000 ksi )
0.003
16.75 in.
= 8.26 ksi
8.83 in.
Cs2 = As2 fs = ( 2.54 in 2 ) 87 ksi 1
0.85 ( 4 ksi ) = 212.34 k
c
c
3350.06
15.16 in.
Cs3 = As3 fs = ( 2.54 in 2 ) 87 ksi 1
0.85 ( 4 ksi ) = 212.34 k
c
c
Ts = As fs = ( 3.81 in 2 ) fs = 3.81 fs
5301.31
3.81 fs
c
h
h a
h
Pn e = Cc d + Cs ( d d ) + Cs2 ( d d 2 ) + Cs3 ( d d3 )
2
0.8c
Pn =
1951.25
3350.06
3332.18
= 53.467c 0.995c 2 + 464.74
c
Set the two equations
43.52c + 640.28
5301.31
3332.18
3.81 fs = 53.467c 0.995c 2 + 464.74
c
c
516.83
fs = 0.26115c 2 2.6108c + 46.0735
c
f s (Eqn 1) f s (Eqn 2)
31.21492
37.7
38.85323 29.90625
34.24112 34.46104
34.34924 34.34915
8.83 in.
Cs2 = As2 fs = ( 2.54 in 2 ) 87 ksi 1
0.85 ( 4 ksi ) = 85.7 k
(15.41 in.)
15.16 in.
0.85 ( 4 ksi ) = 5.06 k Set to 0
Cs3 = As3 f s = ( 2.54 in 2 ) 87 ksi 1
(15.41 in.)
1174.5
=
87
c
6.17 in.
Cs2 = As2 fs = ( 2.54 in 2 ) 87 ksi 1
0.85 ( 4 ksi ) = 212.34 k
c
c
2174.44
9.84 in.
Cs3 = As3 fs = ( 2.54 in 2 ) 87 ksi 1
0.85 ( 4 ksi ) = 212.34 k
c
c
Ts = As fs = ( 3.81 in 2 ) fs = 3.81 f s
3537.89
3.81 f s
c
Take the moment about the tension steel, the distance from the center to the tension steel
is (16 in 5 in.)/2 =5.5 in. and Mu= Pu*e so e = e + 5.5-in. =5.5-in +5.5 in. =11.0 in. is
h
h a
h
Pn e = Cc d + Cs ( d d ) + Cs2 ( d d 2 ) + Cs3 ( d d3 )
2
0.8c
Pn =
1363.45
2174.44
1632.05
= 80.116c 2.374c 2 + 427.94
c
Set the two equations
65.28c + 640.28
3537.89
1632.05
3.81 fs = 80.116c 2.374c 2 + 427.94
c
c
500.22
fs = 0.6231c 2 3.894c + 55.7323
c
f s (Eqn 1) f s (Eqn 2)
1.92995 59.8125
29.0793
30.45
30.43761 29.28713
29.81925 29.81337
6.17 in.
0.85 ( 4 ksi ) = 76.7 k
Cs2 = As2 fs = ( 2.54 in 2 ) 87 ksi 1
(10.05 in.)
9.84 in.
Cs3 = As3 f s = ( 2.54 in 2 ) 87 ksi 1
0.85 ( 4 ksi ) = 4.02 k Set = 0
(10.05 in.)
1
1
1
1
=
+
1
1
1
+
Pn = 552.4 k
Pu = Pn = 0.65 ( 552.4 k ) = 359.0 k
CVEN 444
Assignment 20
due 8/6/03
1. Problem 9.13 A rectangular unbraced exterior column of a multibay, multi-floor frame system is subjected to Pu =500 kips, factored
end moments M1- = 2500 k-in and M2 = 3500 k-in. The unbraced
length, lu, of the column = 18ft. Design this column if it is subjected
to gravity loads with side-sway considered as negligible. Use fc =
6.5 ksi and fy= 60 ksi, A=2 and B=1.2 and d=2.5-in. (Try a 20 in
square column and sustained load of 50 %)
Since the frame has no applicable side sway, the entire moment, M2 is taken as M2ns and
the magnification factor, s taken equal to zero.
Try a 20in x20 in section, d= 20-in. 2.5-in = 17.5 in. and Pu =500 k, M1u =2500 k-in,
and M2u= 3500 k-in.. From figure 9.32 A=2.0 and B = 1.2
Use a k value of 1.5 or we can use the equation for m=(A+B)/2 =(2.0 +1.2) /2=1.6
k=
20 (1.6 )
20 M
1 + M =
1 + (1.6 ) = 1.484
20
20
Compute the slenderness ratio for the column. The radius of gyration for a rectangular
column is 0.3 h.
12 in.
1.484 18 ft
klu
1 ft
=
= 53.4
r
0.3 ( 20 in.)
The slenderness ratio is greater than 22, therefore slenderness must be considered.
Compute the minimum M2
M 2 = Pu ( 0.6 + 0.03h ) = ( 500 k ) ( 0.6 + 0.03 ( 20 in.) )
= 600 k-in
therefore use M2 = 3500 k-in.
Compute the modulus of elasticity for the concrete
Ig =
1 3 1
3
bh = ( 20 in.)( 20 in.) = 13333 in 4
12
12
2 EI
( klu )
12 in
1.484 18 ft
1 ft
= 1669 k
Compute the moment factor for the design moment
M
2500 k-in.
Cm = 0.6 + 0.4 1 = 0.6 + 0.4
3500 k-in.
M2
= 0.89 0.4 OK.
Compute the factor
ns =
Cm
Pu
1
0.75Pcr
= 1.482
0.89
500 k
1
0.75 (1669 k )
M u 5187 k-in.
=
= 10.37 in.
Pu
500 k
Assume a between 0.01 and 0.08, set , = 0.0125 or (0.025 for entire beam). The
area of steel is going to be
As = As = bd = 0.0125 ( 20 in.)(17.5 in.)
= 4.375 in 2
Use 5 #9 bars (5.00 in2) for the column. The coefficient for concrete is
1 = 0.85 0.05
The column should be under compression control, therefore the (c/d) ratio should be
greater than 0.6. Check c/d =0.6
c = 0.6d = 0.6 (17.5 in.) = 10.5 in.
a = 1c = 0.725 (10.5 in.) = 7.61 in.
The compression strain is
( c d )
(10.5 in. 2.5 in.)
0.003 =
0.003 = 0.00229
10.5 in.
c
s =
s =
M n = Cc + Cs d + Ts d
2
2 2
2
7.61 in.
= ( 840.9 k ) 10 in.
+ 300 k (10 in. 2.5 in.) + 290 k (17.5 in. 10 in.)
2
= 9634.4 k-in.
M n 9634.4 k-in.
=
Pn
850.9 k
= 11.32 in.
Since the eccentricity, e, is less than 11.32 in (10.37 in.) than the compression limit,
therefore it is in compression try using a c/d ratio=0.625
c = 0.62d = 0.625 (17.5 in.) = 10.94 in.
a = 1c = 0.725 (11.025 in.) = 7.93 in.
The compression strain is
( c d )
(10.94 in. 2.5 in.)
0.003 =
0.003 = 0.00231
10.94 in.
c
s =
s =
M n = Cc + Cs d + Ts d
2
2 2
2
7.93 in.
= ( 876.3 k ) 10 in.
+ 300 k (10 in. 2.5 in.) + 260.8 k (17.5 in. 10 in.)
2
= 9495.5 k-in.
M n 9494.5 k-in.
=
Pn
915.5 k
= 10.37 in.
h = 20 in.
2. Problem 11.1 Compute the slab thickness only and assume a beam
depth of 22-in. An end panel of a floor system supported by beams on
all sides carries a uniform service load wL = 75 psf and an external
dead load wD =20 psf in addition to its self-weight. The centerline
dimensions of the panel are 18-ft x 20-ft (the dimension of the
discontinuous side is 18-ft). Design the panel and the size and
spacing of the reinforcements using the ACI Code direct design
method. Given fc =4 ksi fy=60 ksi. The column size is 20-in x 20-in.
The width of the beam is 12-in.
Check the geometry of the direct design
l
20 ft.
= 1.11 2.0
Aspect ratio -- 2 =
l1 18 ft.
More than 3 panels in each direction
Assume a slab thickness of 7-in.
1 ft.
2
wD = 20 lb/ft 2 + ( 7 in.)
(150 lb/ft )
12 in.
2
= 107.5 lb/ft
2 wD = 215 lb/ft 2 > wL = 75 lb/ft 2
Compute the moment of inertia of the beams. The depth of the web is 22-in7- in= 15-in.
The sketch of the T- beam and L beam are
Compute the moment of inertia of the two sections. Start with the T beam.
Component
Flange
Web
n'
1
1
Itotal
yi (in)
yiAi (in )
Ii (in )
(yi-ybar) (in)
294
180
3.5
14.5
1029
2610
1200.5
3375
-4.1772152
6.82278481
5130.043262
8379.070662
3639
4575.5
474
ybar
niAi (in )
13509.11392
7.677215 in
4
18084.61 in
The moment of inertia of the T-beam is 18084.6 in4 and the L beam is
Component
Flange
Web
n'
1
1
Itotal
yi (in)
yiAi (in )
Ii (in )
(yi-ybar) (in)
189
180
3.5
14.5
661.5
2610
771.75
3375
-5.3658537
5.63414634
5441.760857
5713.848899
3271.5
4146.75
369
ybar
niAi (in )
8.865854 in
4
15302.36 in
11155.60976
The panel has center-to-center measurements of 20-ft and 18-ft with 20-in.x 20-in.
columns.
Compute the slab moment of inertia for the section A, B, C, and D. The 10-in in the
calculation of IA is due to the edge from the center of the column.
I A(slab ) =
1 3 1
3
12 in.
4
bh = 10 in. + 10 ft.
( 7 in.) = 3716 in
12
12
1 ft.
I B&D(slab ) =
1 3 1
3
12 in.
4
bh = 18 ft.
( 7 in.) = 6174 in
12
12
1
ft.
I C(slab ) =
1 3 1
3
12 in.
4
bh = 20 ft.
( 7 in.) = 6860 in
12
12
1 ft.
A =
B&D =
C =
I A( beam )
I A( slab )
I B&D( beam )
I B&D( slab )
I C( beam )
I C( slab )
15302.4 in 4
= 4.12
3716 in 4
=
18084.6 in 4
= 2.93
6174 in 4
18084.6 in 4
=
= 2.64
6860 in 4
The mean m is
m =
A + B + C + D
4
= 3.155
The m is greater than 2, therefore hmin is computed with a maximum clear space of 220
in. and = 1.12 = 220-in./196-in.
hmin
fy
( 60000 )
ln 0.8 +
( 220 in.) 0.8 + 200000
200000
=
=
36 + 9
36 + 9 (1.12 )
= 5.25 in.
CVEN 444
Assignment 21
due 8/8/03
b0 = 4
+ d
width
Vu = 4 f c b0 d
1 kip
= 0.75 4 4000 ( 98 in.)( 6.5 in.)
1000 lb
= 120.86 k
The design shear Vu =159 k > 120.9 k, therefore need to provide two-way shear
reinforcement for the column. The maximum allowable shear that can be provided is
Vu = 6 f c b0 d
1 kip
= 0.75 6 4000 ( 98 in.)( 6.5 in.)
1000 lb
= 181.29 k
Compute the size of the shear cage, which is
column
b0 = 4
+2 a
width
Vu = 4 f c b0 d
((
1 kip
)) ( 6.5 in.)) 1000
lb
a = 50.63 in.
add the d to the distance 50.63 in + 6.5 in. = 57.13 in. Determine the shear reinforcement
of the steel.
Vu = Vn = Vc + Vs
Vs = Vu Vc = 159 k 120.86 k
Vs = 38.14 k
So the Vs per side is going be 38.14 k / 4 = 9.535 k. Determine the spacing and
reinforcement in the beam.
Vs =
9.535 k
= 12.71 k
0.75
Av f y d
s
s=
Av f y d
Vs
12.71 k
The maximum allowable spacing is d/2 = 3.25 in. So use a 3-in spacing on the shear cage
for the column.
# of stirrups =
57.13 in.
= 19.04 Use 20 stirrups
3 in.
So the distance is going to be 20(3 in.)= 60-in. a= 60-in 6.5 in. 53.5 in.
Vu = 4 f c b0 d
((
1 kip
)) ( 6.5 in.)) 1000
lb